Bosch Motorsport
Equipment for High Performance Vehicles
Edition 2009/2

Contents
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 50 ............ 68
HP Control Valve DSV ............................. 69

Engine Control Units
Gasoline Engine Control UnitsECU MS 3 Sport........................................ 7
ECU MS 3.1............................................... 9
ECU MS 4 Sport/Sport Turbo................. 11
ECU MS 4 Sport Package ....................... 13
ECU MS 4.0............................................. 14
ECU MS 4.4 Sport/Sport Turbo.............. 16
ECU MS 4.4............................................. 18
ECU MS 5.1............................................. 20
ECU MS 5.5............................................. 22
ECU MS 5.2............................................. 24

Diesel Engine Control UnitsECU MS 15 Sport.................................... 26
ECU MS 15.1........................................... 27
ECU MS 15.2........................................... 29
ECU MS 12.............................................. 31

Injection & Ignition

Diesel System Components.................... 70

Ignition Coils
Double Fire Coil 3x2 ............................... 73
Double Fire Coil 2x2 ............................... 76
Double Fire Coil 1x2 ............................... 79
Single Fire Coil P35 / P35-T ................... 82
Single Fire Coil P50 / P50-M .................. 85
Single Fire Coil P100-T ........................... 88
Single Fire Coil M ................................... 91
Single Fire Coil PS / PS-T ....................... 94
Single Fire Coil S22 / S22-T ................... 98
Single Fire Coil S19 / S19-T ................. 101
Single Fire Coil S16 / S16-T ................. 104

Spark Plugs
Spark Plugs........................................... 107

Starters & Alternators

Injection Valves
Injection Valve EV 6 ................................ 34
Injection Valve EV 12 .............................. 36
Injection Valve EV 14 .............................. 37

HP Injection Valves
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.1................... 39
HP Injection Valve Mini-HDEV 1.2 ........... 41
HP Injection Valve Mini-HDEV LV ............ 42
HP Injection Valve Mini-HDEV LV 8A ....... 43

Power Stage Units
HPI 1.1 .................................................... 45
HPI 1.16 LV / LVD ................................... 47
HPI 1.16 HV / HVD .................................. 48
Ignition Module IM 3.1 / 3.2 ................... 49
Ignition Module IM 4............................... 52

Fuel Pumps
Fuel Pump FP 100 .................................. 55
Fuel Pump FP 165 .................................. 56
Fuel Pump FP 200 .................................. 57
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5 .............................. 58
Diesel Fuel Pump DFP 300 ..................... 59

Fuel Pressure Regulators
Fuel Pressure Regulator 05-40 A ............ 60
Fuel Pressure Regulator 14-50 ............... 61
Fuel Pressure Regulator 15-50 ............... 62
Fuel Pressure Regulator 19-50 ............... 63
Fuel Pressure Regulator 20x120............. 64
Fuel Pressure Regulators Mini/Mini M.... 65
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A .............. 66
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38............. 67
14 May. 09

Diesel System Components

Starters
Starter 1.4 kW ...................................... 109
Starter 1.7 kW ...................................... 110
Starter 2.0 kW ...................................... 111

Alternators
Alternator GCM1 .................................. 112

Sensors
Absolute Position Sensor
Absolute Position Sensor APS-C .......... 117

Acceleration Sensor
Accelerometer AM 600-2, AM 600-3 ..... 119

Gear Shift Sensors
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2 ...................... 121
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M ..................... 123

Knock Sensors
Knock Sensor KS-P ............................... 125
Knock Sensor KS-R ............................... 127

Lambda Sensors
Lambda Sensor LSM 11 ....................... 129
Lambda Sensor LSM 11-PM ................. 131
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2 ....................... 133
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9 ....................... 135
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 ............... 137

Linear Potentiometers
Linear Potentiometer LP 10 ................. 139
Linear Potentiometer LP 25 ................. 141
Linear Potentiometer LP 25 twin ......... 143

motorsport@bosch.com

3Linear Potentiometer LP 50 ................. 145
Linear Potentiometer LP 50 twin ......... 147
Linear Potentiometer LP 75 ................. 149
Linear Potentiometer LP 75F ............... 151
Linear Potentiometer LP 100 ............... 153
Linear Potentiometer LP 100F ............. 155
Linear Potentiometer LP 125 ............... 157
Linear Potentiometer LP 150 ............... 159

Pressure Sensors Air
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B ................... 161
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C ................... 164
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2 ................... 166
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4 ................... 168
Pressure Sensor Air PSP ...................... 170
Pressure Sensor Air PST....................... 172

Pressure Sensors Differential
Pressure Sensor Differential DP-A........ 175
Pressure Sensor Differential DP-C ....... 177
Pitot Static Tube PT ............................. 179

Pressure Sensors Fluid
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10.............. 181
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R............ 183
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R.......... 185
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R.......... 187
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10.............. 189
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10R ........... 191
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-250R ......... 193
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM .................. 195
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-S ............... 197

Ride Height Sensor
Ride Height Sensor RHS ....................... 199

Rotary Potentiometers
Rotary Potentiometer RP 50-/130-/350-M201
Rotary Potentiometer RP 55................. 203
Rotary Potentiometer RP 86................. 205
Rotary Potentiometer RP 100/130/308 207
Rotary Potentiometer RP 100 twin....... 209
Rotary Potentiometer Mini-RP 100-M ... 211
Rotary Potentiometer RP 345-M........... 213

Speed Sensors
Inductive Speed Sensor IA ................... 215
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C ................ 218
Inductive Speed Sensor IS ................... 221
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C ................ 224
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T ................ 227
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M ............ 229
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P ............. 232
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P ..... 234
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90........ 237

Temperature Sensors
Temperature Sensor NTC M6 ............... 240
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-H............ 242
Temperature Sensor NTC M8 ............... 244
4

Temperature Sensor NTC M12 ............. 246
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H.......... 248
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L .......... 250

Temperature Sensors Infrared
Temperature Sensor Infrared TI-16-r / TI16-s................................................ 252
Temperature Sensor Infrared TI-100-s / TI100-c.............................................. 254

Thermocouple Probes
Thermocouple Probe TCP-K ................. 256
Thermocouple Probe TCP-NF ............... 258
Thermocouple Probe TCP-KA ............... 260

Wire Potentiometers
Wire Potentiometer WP 35................... 263
Wire Potentiometer WP 50................... 265
Wire Potentiometer WP 75................... 267
Wire Potentiometer WP 100................. 269
Wire Potentiometer WP 120................. 271
Wire Potentiometer WP 125................. 273

Yaw Rate Sensor
Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 2 ........................ 275
Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3 ........................ 277

Electronic Throttle Control
Electronic Throttle Grip ETG ................ 280

Chassis & Brake Control
ABS M4 Kit............................................ 282

Displays
Display DDU Sport................................ 285
Display DDU 4....................................... 287
Display DDU 6....................................... 288

Data Logging Systems
Data Loggers
Data Logger C Sport............................. 290
CardMemory C 40 / C 40 Plus.............. 292
Data Logging Accessories..................... 293
Data Logging System DLS .................... 294
CardMemory C 55................................. 295
Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55......... 296

Telemetry
Online Telemetry System Overview...... 297
Telemetry Unit FM 40 ........................... 298
Pit Receiver Box ................................... 299
Telemetry Accessories.......................... 304
Burst Telemetry System Overview........ 306
Burst Telemetry System ....................... 307

Laptrigger Systems
Lap Trigger IR-02 .................................. 309
Lap Trigger HF 24 ................................. 310

motorsport@bosch.com

Software
Calibration
RaceCon ............................................... 313
Modas ................................................... 314
Modas Sport ......................................... 315

Simulation
LapSim.................................................. 316

Analysis
WinDarab .............................................. 318

Accessories

Relay
Relay 25 A............................................. 337

Switches

Communication Interface
MSA-Box ............................................... 321

Handheld Test Devices
RS 2000 ................................................ 322

Expansion Modules
Lambdatronic LT4 ................................ 323
AWS LSU 4.9......................................... 325

14 May. 09

CAN Module EM-A6............................... 327
CAN Module EM-C ................................ 329
CAN Module EM-D1 .............................. 330
CAN Module EM-D8 .............................. 331
CAN Module EM-H4 .............................. 332
CAN Module EM-I4................................ 333
CAN Module EM-L5............................... 334
CAN Module EM-P5 .............................. 335
ThermoCAN Module.............................. 336

Switches ............................................... 338

Appendix
General Information ............................. 340
Vibration Profile 1................................. 340
Vibration Profile 2................................. 341
Vibration Profile 3................................. 341

motorsport@bosch.com

5Engine Control Units

6

motorsport@bosch.com

Gasoline Engine Control UnitsECU MS 3 SportThe MS 3 Sport is the first Bosch engine
management

systemtechnique

for

and

in

full

engineshybridup

to6cylinders. Two sensor inputs are available
for vibration knock detection and knock
control.

Injectiontime,

injectionend

timing and ignition timing are calculated
from basic maps and can be corrected bydifferent engine parameters. Also two
closed loop wide range lambda circuits
are available. An external data logger or a
DDU can be connected via CAN interface.
The MS 3 Sport software is provided with
an optimized function range.
Application
Engine layout

Mechanical Data
up to 6 cylinders, 2 bankControl strategy

alpha/nLambda control

dual

Speed limiter

3
3

Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch (3 positions - each corresponds todifferent target lambda and spark maps)
Fuel cut off
Turbo boost control

33-Extremely small and flat aluminium pressure casting
housing
Four mounting points on housing
2 connectors with high pin density
Extremely shock and vibration proof hybrid
technology
Size

120 x 90 x 40 mm

WeightTemperature range

250 g-40 … 125 °C

Knock control

optional

Connectors

Electronic throttle control

optional

Mating connector I

D 261 205 139

Traction control

optional

Mating connector II

D 261 205 140

3
3
3

Sequential fuel injection
Asymmetric injection timing
Asymmetric ignition timing
Support of 60-2 and 36-2 ignition trigger wheels

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software
WinDarab Analysis Software

inclusiveon request

Max. vibration
Vibration Profile 3(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

7Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

Optional Accessories
10 W at 14 V

MSA-Box

B 261 208 015-01

InputsData logger C SportF 01T A20 061

2 inputs for exhaust gas temperature sensors

Data logger C 40

F 01T A20 403

2 LSU lambda sensor interfaces

Data logger C 40 Plus

B 261 206 860

4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors

Display DDU Sport (incl. logger) F 01T A20 050-01

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor

Display DDU 4

F 01E B01 461

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor

Display DDU 6

F 01E B01 459

15 universal inputs 0 … 5 V

Part Number

2 knock sensor inputs

MS 3 Sport

6 digital inputs
Outputs
6 injection power stages
6 ignition power stages
16 power stages (2 A/1 A; low side; PWM)
2 power stages for lambda heater
1 H-bridge (5 A)
2 sensor supply

5 V/100 mA

Communication interfaces
1 K-line serial interface
1 CAN interface for external communication

8

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A20 067

ECU MS 3.1
The MS 3.1 is the first Bosch engine
management

systemtechnique

for

and

in

full

engineshybridup

to6cylinders. Two sensor inputs are available
for vibration knock detection and knock
control.

Injectiontime,

injectionend

timing and ignition timing are calculated
from basic maps and can be corrected bydifferent engine parameters. Also two
closed loop wide range lambda circuits
are available. An external data logger or a
DDU can be connected via CAN interface.
Application

Mechanical Data

Engine layout

up to 6 cylinders, 2 bankControl strategy

torque-structure based

Lambda control

dual

Four mounting points on housing

Speed limiter3
3

2 connectors with high pin density

Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch (3 positions - each corresponds todifferent target lambda and spark maps)
Fuel cut off
Turbo boost control
Knock control
Electronic throttle control
Traction control
Component diagnosis
Injection timing
Ignition timing

3
3
-

3

Extremely small and flat aluminium pressure casting
housing

Extremely shock and vibration proof hybrid
technology
Size

120 x 90 x 40 mm

Weight
ECU temperature

250 g-40 … 125 °C

Connectors-

Mating connector I

D 261 205 139

3
3
3
3

Mating connector II

D 261 205 140

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software
WinDarab Analysis Software

inclusiveon request

Max. vibration
Vibration Profile 3(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

9Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

Application Hints
10 W at 14 V

In general
2 microcontrollers with 16 bit organization
calculation capacity 20 MIPS

Depending on your experiences with calibration of
ECUs we recommend calibration support from
Bosch Motorsport.

Optional Accessories

InputsMSA-Box

2 lambda LSU 4 interfaces
3 analog inputs 0 … 5 V for water temperature, oiltemperature, intake air temperature
3 analog inputs 0 … 5 V for oil pressure, fuelpressure, ambient pressure

B 261 208 015-01

Data logger C SportF 01T A20 061

Data logger C 40

F 01T A20 403

Data logger C 40 Plus

B 261 206 860

Display DDU Sport (incl. logger) F 01T A20 050-01

1 analog input 0 … 5 V for throttle position sensor

Display DDU 4

F 01E B01 461

1 digital input for laptrigger

Display DDU 6

F 01E B01 459

1 digital input for wheel speed sensor

Part Number

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor

MS 3.1

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
2 knock sensor inputs
Outputs
6 injection power stages with diagnosis interface
2 high current power stages (8 A) with diagnosis
interface for LSU heating
6 ignition power stages
Sensors supply output

5 V/100 mA

Separate supply output
for throttle position sensor

5 V/100 mA

2 power stages (1 A) for main relay and fuel pump
relay control
Communication interfaces
1 K-line serial interface
1 CAN interface for external communication

10

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 208 245-01

ECU MS 4 Sport/Sport Turbo
The MS 4 Sport / Sport Turbo is a highlysophisticated engine management system
for high performance engines. The system
contains 8 ignition drivers for external
power stages and 8 independent injection
power stages. Two independent wide
range lambda circuits allow lambda closed
loop

engineparameters

control.
canbeVariousenginemeasuredwithdifferent input channels and transferred
via CAN interface to an optional flash card
data logger. The ECU software is provided
with an optimized function range.
Application
Engine layout

Mechanical Data
up to 8 cylinders, 2 bankControl strategy

alpha/nLambda control

dual

Speed limiter

3
3

Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch (3 positions - each corresponds todifferent target lambda and spark maps)
Fuel cut off
Turbo boost control33Knock control

optional

Electronic throttle control

optional

Traction control

optional

33

Asymmetric ignition timing

Each connector pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boardsSize

180 x 162 x 46 mm

Weight430 g

Temperature range

3 [2]Asymmetric injection timing

Sheet-metal housing

Support of 60-2 and 36-2 ignition trigger wheels-40 … 75 °C

Connectors
Mating connector I[1] D 261 205 344[2] D 261 205 342

Mating connector II[1] D 261 205 345[2] D 261 205 343

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software
WinDarab Analysis Software

inclusiveon request

Max. vibration
Vibration Profile 2(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

11Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

Optional Accessories
30 W at 14 V

MSA-Box

B 261 208 015-01

InputsData logger C SportF 01T A20 061

2 inputs for exhaust gas temperature sensors

Data logger C 40

F 01T A20 403

2 lambda interfaces LSU

Data logger C40 Plus

B 261 206 860

4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors

Display DDU Sport (incl. Logger) F 01T A20 050-01

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor

Display DDU 4

F 01E B01 461

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor

Display DDU 6

F 01E B01 459

16 universal inputs 0 … 5 V

Part Number

2 knock sensor inputs
7 digital inputs
Outputs

MS 4 Sport [1]

F 01T A20 049-01

MS 4 Sport Turbo [2]F 01T A20 060-01

8 injection power stages
8 ignition drivers
20 power stages (2,7 A/0,6 A; low side; PWM)
2 power stages for lambda heater
1 H-bridge (5 A)
2 sensor supply

5 V/100 mA

Communication interfaces
1 K-line serial interface
2 CAN interfaces for external communication

12

motorsport@bosch.com

ECU MS 4 Sport Package
The MS 4 Sport Package consists of thefollowing components:•

MS 4 Sport Engine Control Unit•

Display DDU Sportwith integrated data logger•

Software tools for calibrationand data analysis

The key component of this package is the
MS 4 Sport Engine Control Unit capable ofrunning engines up to 8 cylinders. The
ECU includes eight ignition drives forexternal

power

stagesandeight

independent injection power stages. The
ECU software set has been optimized tomake calibration more approachable forless experienced users.
Variousengineparameters

can

be

measured with different input channels
and transferred via the CAN interface tothe DDU Sport Display. The integrated
data memory stores up to 512 MB.
For communication between the PC andthe ECU or the display, the MSA-Box
communicationinterfaceisrequired.

Please note: The MSA-Box ist not part of
the MS 4 Sport Package.
Optional Accessories
MSA-BoxPart Number
B 261 208 015-01

MS 4 Sport Package

F 01T A20 048-01

SoftwareModas Sport for ECU calibration
RaceLab Sport for Display configuration and data
analysis

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

13

ECU MS 4.0
The MS 4.0 is a highly sophisticatedenginemanagement

systemforhighperformance engines. The system contains
8 ignition drivers for external powerstages and 8 independent injection powerstages. Two vibration sensor inputs allow
knock detection and knock control. Two
independent wide range lambda circuits
allow lambda closed loop engine control.
Variousengineparameters

can

be

measured with different input channels
and transferred via CAN interface to an
optional flash card data logger or dashdisplay.
Application

Mechanical Data

Engine layout

up to 8 cylinders, 2 bankControl strategy

torque-structure based

Lambda control

dual

Speed limiter

3
3

Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch (3 positions - each corresponds todifferent target lambda and spark maps)
Fuel cut off
Turbo boost control
Knock control
Electronic throttle control
Traction control
Injection timing
Ignition timing

Each connector pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boardsSize

180 x 162 x 46 mm

WeightTemperature range

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Max. vibration
Vibration Profile 2(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

14

Sheet-metal housing

430 g-40 … 75 °C

Connectors
Mating connector I

D 261 205 342

Mating connector II

D 261 205 343

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software
WinDarab Analysis Software

inclusiveon request

Application Hint
Depending on your experiences with calibration of
ECUs we recommend calibration support from
Bosch Motorsport.

motorsport@bosch.com

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

Optional Accessories
30 W at 14 V

MSA-Box

B 261 208 015-01

InputsData logger C SportF 01T A20 061

2 inputs for exhaust gas temperature sensors

Data logger C 40

F 01T A20 403

2 lambda interfaces LSU

Data logger C 40 Plus

B 261 206 860

4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors

Display DDU Sport (incl. logger) F 01T A20 050-01

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor

Display DDU 4

F 01E B01 461

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor

Display DDU 6

F 01E B01 459

16 universal inputs 0 … 5 V

Part Number

2 knock sensor inputs

MS 4.0B 261 208 300-01

motorsport@bosch.com

15

7 digital inputs
Outputs
8 injection power stages
8 ignition drivers
20 power stages (2,7 A/0,6 A; low side; PWM)
2 power stages for lambda heater
1 H-bridge (5 A)
2 sensor supply 5 V/100 mA
Communication interfaces
1 K-line serial interface
2 CAN interfaces for external communication

14 May. 09

ECU MS 4.4 Sport/Sport Turbo
The MS 4.4 Sport / Sport Turbo is a highlysophisticated engine management system
for high performance engines. The system
contains 10 ignition drivers for external
powerstagesand10

independent

injection power stages. Various engine
and chassis parameters can be measured
with the different input channels andlogged on the external data logger. Fourvibration

sensorinputs

allow

knock

detection

and

knock

control.

Two

independent wide range lambda circuits
allow lambda closed loop engine control.
The ECU Sport software is provided with
an optimized function range.
Application
Engine layout

Mechanical Data
up to 10 cylinders, 2 bankControl strategy

alpha/nLambda control

dual

Speed limiter

3
3

Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch (3 positions - each corresponds todifferent target lambda and spark maps)
Fuel cut off
Turbo boost control33Knock control

optional

Electronic throttle control

optional

Traction control

optional

33

Asymmetric ignition timing
Variable valve timing

optional

Support of 60-2 and 36-2 ignition trigger wheels(10-cylinders only 60-2!)
Max. vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

16

3 high pin density motorsports connectors
165 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boards
Size

174 x 133 x 39 (23) mm

Weight3 [2]Asymmetric injection timing

Aluminium housing

860 g

Temperature range-40 … 75 °C

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35-SB

F 02U 000 468-01

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software
WinDarab Analysis Software

motorsport@bosch.com

inclusiveon request

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

Optional Accessories
20 W at 14 V

MSA-Box

B 261 208 015-01

InputsData logger C SportF 01T A20 061

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor

Data logger C 40

F 01T A20 403

4 inputs for Hall-effect camshaft sensors

Data logger C40 Plus

B 261 206 860

4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors

Display DDU Sport (incl. Logger) F 01T A20 050-01

2 lambda interfaces LSU 4.9

Display DDU 4

F 01E B01 461

39 inputs 0 … 5 V (20 with configurable pullups)

Display DDU 6

F 01E B01 459

4 knock sensor inputs
8 digital inputs
Outputs
10 injection power stages (2.2 A)

Part Number
MS 4.4 Sport [1]

F 01T A20 068-01

MS 4.4 Sport Turbo [2]F 01T A20 074-01

10 ignition drivers for external power stages
21 power stages (2.7 A/0.6 A; low side)
2 power stages for lambda heater
1 H-bridge (7 A)
3 sensor supply 5 V/600 mA
Communication interfaces
1 K-line serial interface
2 CAN interfaces for external communication

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

17

ECU MS 4.4
The MS 4.4 is a highly sophisticatedenginemanagement

systemforhighperformance engines. The system contains
10 ignition drivers for external powerstagesand10

independent

injection

power stages. Various engine and chassis
parameters can be measured with thedifferent input channels and logged on theexternal data logger. Four vibration sensor
inputs allow knock detection and knock
control. Two independent wide range
lambda circuits allow lambda closed loop
engine control.
Application
Engine layout

Mechanical Data
up to 10 cylinders, 2 bankControl strategy

torque-structure based

Lambda control

dual

Speed limiter

3
3

Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch (3 positions - each corresponds todifferent target lambda and spark maps)
Fuel cut off
Turbo boost control
Knock control
Electronic throttle control
Traction control
Injection timing
Ignition timing
Variable valve timing

Aluminium housing
3 high pin density motorsports connectors
165 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boards
Size

174 x 133 x 39 (23) mm

Weight

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

optional

Support of 60-2 and 36-2 ignition trigger wheels(10-cylinders only 60-2!)
Max. vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

859 g

Temperature range-40 … 75 °C

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35-SB

F 02U 000 468-01

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software
WinDarab Analysis Software

inclusiveon request

Application Hint
Depending on your experiences with calibration of
ECUs we recommend calibration support from
Bosch Motorsport.

18

motorsport@bosch.com

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

Optional Accessories
20 W at 14 V

MSA-Box

B 261 208 015-01

InputsData logger C 40

F 01T A20 403

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor

Data logger C 40 Plus

B 261 206 860

4 inputs for Hall-effect camshaft sensors

Display DDU Sport (incl. logger) F 01T A20 050-01

4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors

Display DDU 4

F 01E B01 461

2 lambda interfaces LSU 4.9

Display DDU 6

F 01E B01 459

39 inputs 0 … 5 V (20 with configurable pullups)
4 inputs for vibration knock sensors

Part Number
MS 4.4

F 01T A20 040

motorsport@bosch.com

19

8 digital inputs
Outputs
10 injection power stages (2.2 A)
10 ignition drivers for external power stages
21 power stages (2.7 A/0.6 A; low side)
2 power stages for lambda heater
1 H-bridge (7 A)
3 sensor supply

5 V/600 mA

Communication interfaces
1 K-line serial interface
2 CAN interfaces for external communication

14 May. 09

ECU MS 5.1
The MS 5.1 engine control unit manages
gasoline engines up to 8 cylinders. As amember of our MS 5 family, it features a
powerful digitalprocessing

core withfloating point arithmetic and a high-end
FPGA

for

ultimate

performanceandflexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a newsoftware development process based on
MATLAB/Simulink,which

significantly

speeds algorithm development by using
automatic

code

and

generation.

Customdocumentation

functionscanbequickly and easily generated. The flexible
hardware design allows the MS 5.1 tosupport complex or unusual engine orchassis configurations.
Application

Mechanical Data

Engine layout

up to 8 cylinders, 2 bankControl strategy

torque-structure based

Lambda control

with adaptation function

Speed limiter
Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch (3 steps)
Fuel cut off
Turbo boost control
Knock control
Electronic throttle control
Traction control
Sequential fuel injection
Asymmetric injection timing
Asymmetric ignition timing

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
optional
optional

Calibration interface
CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet
Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

20

Aluminium housing
3 connectors in motorsport technology with highpin density
165 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration suppression via multipoint fixed circuitboardsSize

180 x 155 x 40 mm

Weight

1,060 gTemp. range (at internal sensors)-20 … 85 °C

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software
WinDarab Analysis Software

motorsport@bosch.com

inclusiveon request

Electrical Data
Approx. power cons. (w/o loads)

Application Hints
9 W at 14 V

Power Supply

Depending on your experience with ECU calibration,
we recommend calibration support from theexperienced team at Bosch Motorsport.

Operating range

6.5 … 18 V

Recommended

11 … 14 V

Optional Accessories

Absolute maximum

6 … 24 V

MSA-Box

B 261 208 015-01

InputsData logger C 55

F 01E B01 630

2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors

Display DDU 4

F 01E B01 461

2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)

Display DDU 6

F 01E B01 459

1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Part Number
MS 5.1

F 01T A20 071-01

motorsport@bosch.com

21

2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Halleffect)
4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)
38 universal analog inputs 0 … 5 V; 12 Bit
4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or timesynchronous triggering up to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)
4 knock sensor inputs
1 laptrigger input
Outputs
8 injection power stages
8 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)
20 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)
4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)
2 H-bridges (5 A)
3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA and 1x 10 V/200 mA
1 protected Ubat output 1A
6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
1 timebase reference synch-in/out
Communication interfaces
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
3 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces

14 May. 09

ECU MS 5.5
The MS 5.5 engine control unit manages
gasoline engines up to 8 cylinders. As amember of our MS 5 family, it features a
powerful digitalprocessing

core withfloating point arithmetic and a high-end
FPGA

for

ultimate

performanceandflexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a newsoftware development process based on
MATLAB/Simulink. It significantly speeds
algorithm development by using automatic
code

and

documentation

generation.

Custom functions can be quickly andeasily generated. The flexible hardware
design allows the MS 5.5 to supportcomplex or unusual engine or chassis
configurations.
The MS 5.5 has an internal 2 GB logger,
presenting a cost efficient and weight
optimized all-in-one solution.
Application

Mechanical Data

Engine layout

up to 8 cylinders, 2 bankControl strategy

torque-structure based

Lambda control

with adaptation function

Speed limiter
Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch (3 steps)
Fuel cut off
Turbo boost control
Knock control
Electronic throttle control

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Aluminium housing
3 connectors in motorsports technology with highpin density
165 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration suppression via multipoint fixed circuitboardsSize

180 x 155 x 40 mm

Weight (approx.)

1,270 gTemp. range (at internal sensors)-20 … 85 °C

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

optional

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Calibration interface
CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Traction control
Sequential fuel injection
Asymmetric injection/ignition timing

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Internal logger

2 GB

Max. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

22

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software
WinDarab Analysis Software

motorsport@bosch.com

inclusiveon request

Electrical Data
Approx. power cons. (w/o loads)

Application Hints
13 W at 14 V

Power Supply

Depending on your experiences with calibration of
ECUs we recommend calibration support from
Bosch Motorsport.

Full operation

6.5 … 18 V

Recommended

11 … 14 V

Optional Accessories

Absolute maximum

6 … 24 V

MSA-Box

B 261 208 015-01

Inputs

Display DDU 4

F 01E B01 461

2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors

Display DDU 6

F 01E B01 459

2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Part Number
MS 5.5

F 02U V00 285-01

motorsport@bosch.com

23

1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Halleffect)
4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)
38 universal analog inputs 0 … 5 V; 12 Bit
4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or timesynchronous triggering up to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)
4 inputs for vibration knock sensors
1 laptrigger input
Outputs
8 injection power stages
8 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)
20 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)
4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)
2 H-bridges (5 A)
3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA and 1x 10 V/200 mA
1 protected Ubat output 1A
6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
1 timebase synch-in/out
Communication interfaces
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
3 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces

14 May. 09

ECU MS 5.2
The MS 5.2 engine control unit manages
gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As amember of our MS 5 family, it features a
powerful digitalprocessing

core withfloating point arithmetic and a high-end
FPGA

for

ultimate

performanceandflexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a newsoftware development process based onMatlab®

&Simulink®.

Itsignificantly

speeds algorithm development by using
automatic

code

and

generation.

Customdocumentation

functionscanbequickly and easily generated. The flexible
hardware design allows the MS 5.2 tosupport complex or unusual engine orchassis configurations.
Application
Engine layout

Mechanical Data
up to 12 cylinders, 2 bankControl strategy

torque-structure based

Lambda control

with adaptation function

33

Speed limiter
Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch (3 positions - each corresponds todifferent target lambda and spark maps)
Fuel cut off
Turbo boost control
Knock control
Electronic throttle control
Traction control
Sequential fuel injection

Dust and waterproof aluminium housing
4 high pin density motorsports connectors
220 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration resistant circuit board mounting
Size

200 x 170 x 36.5 mm

Weight (approx.)

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Asymmetric injection timing

optional

Asymmetric ignition timing

optional

1,260 gTemp. range (at internal sensors)-20 … 85 °C

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector IIII
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Calibration interface
CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

Software

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Max. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

WinDarab Analysis Software

24

motorsport@bosch.com

inclusiveon request

Electrical Data
Power cons. (w/o loads)

Application Hints
approx. 10 W at 14 V

Power Supply

Depending on your experiences with calibration of
ECUs we recommend calibration support from
Bosch Motorsport.

Operating range

6.5 … 18 V

Recommended

11 … 14 V

Optional Accessories

Absolute maximum

6 … 24 V

MSA-Box

B 261 208 015-01

InputsData logger C 55

F 01E B01 630

2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors

Display DDU 4

F 01E B01 461

2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)

Display DDU 6

F 01E B01 459

1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Part Number
MS 5.2

F 01T A20 069-01

motorsport@bosch.com

25

2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Halleffect)
4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)
2 gearbox speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)
45 universal analog inputs 0 … 5 V, 12 Bit
14 analog inputs (angle synchronous or timesynchronous triggering up to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)
4 inputs for vibration knock sensors
1 laptrigger input
Outputs
12 injection power stages (peak & hold)12 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)
16 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)
4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)
4 H-bridge valve drivers (± 100 mA)
2 H-bridges (5 A)
3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA and 1x 10 V/100 mA
6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
12 outputs with configurable function (FPGA)
1 timebase reference synch-in/out
Communication interfaces
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
4 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces

14 May. 09

Diesel Engine Control UnitsECU MS 15 SportThe MS 15 Sport is an ECU for Diesel
engines with up to 6 cylinders. It isdeveloped for use in combination with
Bosch solenoid injectors. The MS 15 Sport
software is provided with an optimized
function range. The MS 15 Sport canoperate in a 12 V or 24 V system.

Application

Electrical Data

Engine layout

up to 6 cyl.

Injector types

solenoidPower consumption w/o inj.

approx. 5 W

Power consumption @ full load

approx. 120 W

Injection timing

1 main injection

InputsControl strategy

quantity based

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor

3
3

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor

Basic functionality for turbocharger
Speed limiter6 analog inputs 0 … 5 V:
fuel: low system and rail pressure
boost pressure
oil pressure
exhaust gas: pressure and temperature

Mechanical Data
Dust and waterproof aluminium housing
2 connectors with 60 and 94 pins
6 housing fixation points
Maximum dimensions
without connectors
with connectors
WeightECU internal temperature range

203 x 140 x 38 mm
203 x 167 x 38 mm
approx. 725 g-20 … 75 °C

5 NTC temperature inputs:
intake and boost air temperature
fuel, coolant and oil temperature
1 input for Hall vehicle speed sensor
3 digital inputs:
lap beacon, pit speed limiter and fuel reset
1 internal ambient pressure sensor

Connectors
Connector K (vehicle: 94 pin)

D 261 205 353-01

Connector A (engine: 60 pin)

D 261 205 354-01

Included Features
Complete SW documentation
Calibration guideIncl. workbase and configuration of Modas Sport
Preconfigured CAN-messages for DDU Sport
Incl. configuration and evaluation tool Race Lab
Sport with preconfigured settings

Optional Accessories
Display DDU Sport (12 V only)

F 01T A20 050-01

Data Logger C SportF 01T A20 061-01

MSA-Box

B 261 208 015-01

26

2 inputs for redundant pedal position sensor

1 internal ECU temperature sensor
Outputs
6 injection power stages for solenoid injectors
9 power stages
main, fuel pump, glow plug and 2 fan relays
fuel metering unit of high pressure pumpturbo actuator (PWM 5.0 Amps)
engine speed signal for tachometer
diagnostic lamp
Communication interfaces
2 CAN interfaces

display / logger
calibration software

1 K-Line

software download

Part Number
MS 15 Sport

motorsport@bosch.com

F 02U V00 350-01

ECU MS 15.1
The MS 15.1 is an ECU for Diesel engineswith up to 8 cylinders. It is developed foruse with Bosch solenoid injectors.

Application

Electrical Data

Engine layout

up to 8 cyl.

Injector type
Injection timing

solenoid
2 pilot injections
2 main injection
1 post injection

Control strategy

quantity based

3

Lambda measurement

Power consumption w/o inj.
Power consumption

approx. 5 W at 14 V
approx. 140 W at 14 V

Inputs2 inputs for thermocouple exhaust gas temp.
sensors
2 lambda interfaces LSU

optional

4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for
inductive sensors

Basic functionality for up to two turbochargers inparallel mode
3

4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for
inductive sensors

Traction control

3
3Gear cut for sequential gearbox
Speed limiter
Optional function packages available

Max. vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

27 universal inputs 0 … 5 V, switchable pull-up
3 digital inputs
8 injection power stages

Aluminium housing
4 connectors in military technology with high pin
density, 187 pins
Vibration damped circuit boards

12 power stages (low side)
2 power stages for lambda heater
2 H-bridge
2 sensor supply 5 V/ system use

8 housing fixation points

Temperature range

3 system inputs 0 … 5 V

Outputs

Mechanical Data

Weight1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
13 universal inputs 0 … 5 V, fixed pull-up

Interface to Bosch Data Logging SystemSize

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor

210 x 36 x 199 mm
1,780 g-40 … 75 °C

3 sensor supply 5 V/300 mA
3 sensor supply 10 V/100 mA
Communication interfaces
3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)
2 firewire interfaces for external communication

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

27

Connectors

Optional Accessories

Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 466-01

MSA-BoxMating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector IV
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software
WinDarab Analysis Software

inclusiveon request

B 261 208 015-01

Data logger C55

F 01E B01 630

Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55

F 01T A20 024

Display DDU Sport (incl. logger) F 01T A20 050-01
Display DDU 4

F 01E B01 461

Display DDU 6

F 01E B01 459

Application Hints
Depending on your experiences with calibration ofDiesel ECUs we recommend calibration support
from Bosch Motorsport.

Part Number
MS 15.1 solenoid injector

28

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A20 022

ECU MS 15.2
The MS 15.2 is an ECU for Diesel engineswith up to 6 cylinders. It is developed foruse with Bosch piezo injectors.

Application

Electrical Data

Engine layout

up to 6 cyl.

Injector type
Injection timingpiezo
2 pilot injections
1 main injection
1 post injection

Control strategy

quantity based

3

Lambda measurement

Power consumption w/o inj.
Power consumption

approx. 5 W at 14 V
approx. 140 W at 14 V

Inputs2 inputs for thermocouple exhaust gas temp.
sensors
2 lambda interfaces LSU

optional

4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for
inductive sensors

Basic functionality for up to two turbochargers inparallel mode
3

4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for
inductive sensors

Traction control

3
3Gear cut for sequential gearbox
Speed limiter
Optional function packages available

Max. vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

27 universal inputs 0 … 5 V, switchable pullup
3 digital inputs
6 injection power stages

Aluminium housing
4 connectors in motorsports technology with highpin density, 187 pins
Vibration damped circuit boards

12 power stages (low side)
2 power stages for lambda heater
2 H-bridges
2 sensor supply 5 V/ system use

8 housing fixation points

Temperature range

3 system inputs 0 … 5 V

Outputs

Mechanical Data

Weight1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
13 universal inputs 0 … 5 V, fixed pullupInterface to Bosch Data Logging SystemSize

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor

210 x 36 x 199 mm
1,780 g-40 … 75 °C

3 sensor supply 5 V/300 mA
3 sensor supply 10 V/100 mA
Communication interfaces
3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)
2 firewire interfaces for external communication

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

29

Piezo Specific Functions

Connectors

Voltage Control

Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector IV
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

Rail pressure dependent precontrol of the voltage
difference between cut off voltage and stationary
actuator voltage.
Closed-loop voltage control, injector individual.
Voltage precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
Discharging Time Control
Voltage dependent precontrol of discharging
current.
Closed-loop discharging time control, injector
individual.
Discharging time precontrol to improve dynamic
behavior.
IVA Injector Voltage Adjustment
Determination of injector voltage demand atreference rail pressure during injector inspection inplant before IQA-measurement.

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software
WinDarab Analysis Software

inclusiveon request

Accessories
MSA-Box

B 261 208 015-01

Data logger C 55

F 01E B01 630

Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55

F 01T A20 024

Injector assignment of voltage setpoint curves
within the ECU according to injector’s IVA class.

Display DDU Sport (incl. logger) F 01T A20 050-01
Display DDU 4

F 01E B01 461

Temperature Compensation

Display DDU 6

F 01E B01 459

Determination of the temperature dependentchanges of voltage demand.

Application Hints

Definition of a temperature dependent correction
factor.
Multiplicative correction of the voltage setpoint.

Depending on your experiences with calibration ofDiesel ECUs we recommend calibration support
from Bosch Motorsport.

Part Number
MS 15.2 Piezo injector

30

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A20 023

ECU MS 12
The MS 12 is the high-end ECU for Diesel
engines. This ECU offers 12 Piezo injection
power stages for use in up to a 12 cylinder
engine.

Variousengineandchassisparameters can be measured with a highnumber of input channels. All measured
data can be transferred via FireWireinterface to an optional flash card datalogger. Additional MSI 55 (Modular Sensor
Interfaces) can be connected to increase
the number of inputs. Gear box control
strategies are optional.
Application

Mechanical Data

Engine layout

up to 12 cyl.

Injector type

piezo

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
1 main injection
1 post injection

Control strategy

quantity based

3
3
3
3

Lambda measurement
Traction control
Launch control
Turbo boost control
Basic functionality for up to two turbochargers
in parallel mode (including variable VTG)
Gear cut for sequential gearbox
Gearbox control
Speed limiter

Aluminium housing
5 connectors in motorsports technology with highpin density, 242 pins
Each connector individually filteredVibration damped circuit boards
8 housing fixation points
Size
WeightOperating temperature range

240 x 200 x 57 mm
2,500 g-20 … 85 °C

3
3
3
3

Optional function packages available
Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

31

Electrical Data

Piezo Specific Functions

Power consumption without injection
approx. 5 W at 14 V

Voltage Control

Power consumption @ 6500 rpm
max. 160 W at 14 V

Rail pressure dependent precontrol of the voltage
difference between cut off voltage and stationary
actuator voltage.

InputsClosed-loop voltage control, injector individual.

6 inputs for thermocouple sensors (e.g. exhaust gas
temperature)

Voltage precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.

2 lambda interfaces LSU

Voltage dependent precontrol of discharging
current.

4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for
inductive sensors

Discharging Time Control

2 gear box speed

Closed-loop discharging time control, injector
individual.

4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for
inductive sensors

Discharging time precontrol to improve dynamic
behavior.

2 inputs for inductive crankshaft sensor

IVA Injector Voltage Adjustment

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor

Determination of injector voltage demand atreference rail pressure during injector inspection inplant before IQA-measurement.

3 system inputs 0 … 5 V
16 PT1000
32 universal inputs 0 … 5 V, switchable pullup
3 digital inputs

Injector assignment of voltage setpoint curves
within the ECU according to injector’s IVA class.
Temperature Compensation

2 LVDT sensor interface

Determination of the temperature dependentchanges of voltage demand.

1 SSI interface
Outputs
12 injection power stages

Definition of a temperature dependent correction
factor.

24 power stages (low side)

Multiplicative correction of the voltage setpoint.

2 power stages for lambda heater

Accessories

6 H-bridges

Data logger C 55

2 sensor supply 5 V/ system use
3 sensor supply 5 V/300 mA
3 sensor supply 5 V/300 mA or 10 V/100 mA
Communication interfaces

F 01E B01 630-01

Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55

F 01T A20 024

Display DDU 4

F 01E B01 461

Display DDU 6

F 01E B01 459

2 K-Line serial interfaces

Application Hints

5 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use,switchable CAN load resistor)
2 firewire interfaces for external communication

Depending on your experiences with calibration ofDiesel ECUs we recommend calibration support
from Bosch Motorsport.

Connectors

Part Number
MS 12 Piezo injector

Mating connector I
AS 6-18-35 SA

F 02U 000 473-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-18-35 SB

F 02U 000 474-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-18-35 SC

F 02U 000 475-01

Mating connector IV
AS 6-18-35 SN

F 02U 000 472-01

Mating connector V
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

32

motorsport@bosch.com

F02U V00 241-01

Injection & Ignition

Injection & Ignition

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

33

Injection Valves
Injection Valve EV 6
The development of the EV 6 tooks into
account

alltherequirements

essential

which

functional

originatefrom

injector operation in multipoint electronic
fuel injection systems (EFI).
This

resultedin:low

weight,“dry”

solenoid winding, plastic encapsulation,finely matched flow-rate classes, good
valve-seatsealing,

excellenthot-start

capabilities,

close

tolerances

of

the

specified functional values, high level ofcorrosion resistance and long service life.
Mechanical data

Conditions for use

System pressure

max. 8 bar

Weight45,8 gElectrical data
Solenoid resistancee.g. 12 Ω

Max. power supply

16 V

Fuel input

axial (top-feed)

Operating temperature-40 ... 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CClimate proofness corresponds to saline
DIN 53 167

fog test

Technical data
Part numbers

Design

Fuel
type

Spray
type

Flow rate at 3 bar(N-Heptan)

Spray angle α

Impedance

0 280 155 737

Long

GasolineC

261,2 g/min

15°

12 Ω

B 280 431 126

Standard

GasolineC

261,2 g/min

25°

12 Ω

B 280 431 127

Standard

GasolineC

261,2 g/min

70°

12 Ω

0 280 156 012

Standard

GasolineC

310,1 g/min

20°

12 Ω

B 280 431 129

Standard

GasolineC364,3 g/min

70°

12 Ω

B 280 431 131

Standard

Gasoline

C

493,1 g/min

70°

1,2 Ω

B 280 434 499-02

Standard

Gasoline

C

658 g/min

25°

12 Ω

Please request the availability before ordering. Alternatively you can order one of our EV 14
injection valves. Please refer to our data sheet of EV 14.

34

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

35

Injection Valve EV 12
The EV 12 injector is a development basedon the EV 6. Its main feature is the factthat the position of its injection point canbe varied. Compared with the EV 6, theEV 12 injection point can be moved
forward up to 20 mm.

Mechanical data

Conditions for use

System pressure

max. 8 bar

Weight40 g

Electronic data
Solenoid resistancee.g. 12 Ω

Max. power supply

16 V

Fuel input

axial (top-feed)

Operating temperatures-40 ... 110 °C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70 °C

Climate proofness corresponds to saline
DIN 53 167

fog test

Technical data
Part numbers

DesignType

0 280 155 897 Medium

E

Flow rate at 3 bar(N-Heptan)
α
217 g/min
15°

0 280 155 892 Medium

E

269 g/min

15°

Further special versions on request

36

motorsport@bosch.com

Impedance

Spray
β
7°

angle
γ
10°

δ
270°

12 Ω

7°

10°

270°

12 Ω

Injection & Ignition

Injection Valve EV 14
The

EV

14

injectorisafurtherdevelopment based on the EV 6. It is evenmore compact, what allows its integration
into the fuel rail.
In addition, this injector is also available
with a variety of installation lengths, whatmakes an individual adaptation to theintake manifold possible.

Mechanical data

Conditions for use

System pressure

max. 8 bar

WeightFuel input

25 g

Spray angle

axial (top-feed)

Operating temperatures

25° or 70°-40 ... 110 °C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70 °C

Installation lengths

48,65 mm

Climate proofness corresponds to saline
DIN 50 021

Electrical data
Solenoid resistancee.g. 12 Ω

Max. power supply

16 V

fog test

Technical data
Part numbers

DesignConnector

Type

Flow rate at 3 bar(N-Heptan)

Spray angle α

Impedance

B 280 436 038-06

Standard

SumitomoC387,3 g/min

25°

12 Ω

B 280 436 038-10

Standard

Jetronic

C

387,3 g/min

25°

12 Ω

B 280 436 038-05

Standard

SumitomoC387,3 g/min

70°

12 Ω

B 280 436 038-09

Standard

Jetronic

C

387,3 g/min

70°

12 Ω

B 280 436 038-02

Standard

SumitomoC503,5 g/min

25°

12 Ω

B 280 436 038-08

Standard

Jetronic

C

503,5 g/min

25°

12 Ω

B 280 436 038-01

Standard

SumitomoC503,5 g/min

70°

12 Ω

B 280 436 038-07

Standard

Jetronic

C

503,5 g/min

70°

12 Ω

Further special versions on request.

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

37

38

Top view

Side View

Connector Sumitomo

Connector Jetronic

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

HP Injection Valves
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.1
The HDEV 5.1 is a high pressure injector,
which is developed to be used as a port ora direct injection.
The function of the HDEV 5.1 is both tometer out the fuel and to obtain a welldefined mixture of fuel and air. It is an
inward opening solenoid injector which is
optimized regarding very short opening
and closing times, which ensures a very
stable linearity at short injection times.
The benefit of this injector is a high sprayvariability concerning spray angle andspray shape. Also the flow rate can be
defined in a big range.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

308 … 1,026 g/min @ 100 bar

Fuel input

top-feed-injector

Fuelgasoline

Operating pressure

150 barOperating temperature range-31 … 130 °C

Storage temperature range-40 … 70 °C

Max. Vibration

600 m/s2

Electrical Data

Weight w/o cable
Diameter

20.7 mm

Length87 mm

Characteristic
Spray type
Number of holes
Spray angle overall
Spray angle single beam

Booster power supply

65 … 90 V

Static flow tolerance

Booster current

8.5 … 12 A

Dynamic flow tolerance

Booster sustain time
Peak power supply
Peak current
Peak sustain time
Hold power supply
Hold current
Coil resistance

14 May. 09

355 … 440 μs
12 V
4.8 … 7.1 A
145 … 160 μs
12 V
2.5 … 3.1 A
1,500 Ω68 g

Leakage

Multihole
4 … 7 holes
110°
8 … 20°±5 %±6 % @ ti = 1.5 ms≤ 2.5 mm³/min @ 23 °C

Connectors and Cables
Connector
Connector loom

Kompakt
A 928 000 453

Pin 1

Pos

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

-

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

motorsport@bosch.com

39

Application Hint

Part Number

The injector has to be supplied by a Bosch
Motorsport power stage (e.g. HPI 1.1 or HPI 1.16).

HDEV 5.1

If your application conditions will not match thelisted performance data, please ask for consultancy
at Bosch Motorsport.
The injector can be cleaned (mechanically or
chemically) if the tip will not be damaged.
Do not use supersonic cleaning.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Examples of variations, further variations on request

40

motorsport@bosch.com

on request

Injection & Ignition

HP Injection Valve Mini-HDEV 1.2
The Mini HDEV 1.2 can be used in highpressure manifold injection systems.
Its most remarkable features are the small
size and weight and the freedom in
defining both – spray and jet. Every jet isfree definable in terms of position, flowrateandpenetration.
Moreover,asymmetric sprays are possible.
Mechanical data
System pressure
Flow rate

Conditions for use
max. 200 bar
e.g. 1350 g/min at 100 bar

Weight48 gLength51 mm

Fuel input

axial (top-feed)

Operating temperatures-30 … 120 °C

Permissible fuel temperatures< 80 °C

Part number
Mini-HDEV 1.2

on request

Electrical data
Resistance
VoltagePeak current

1,1 Ω
14 V
13,2 A

Examples of variations, further variations on request

Jets on a circle

Jets on a circle and a middle jet

Jets on two circles

Jets on two circles and a middle jet

Jet configuration regarding the
spark plug position

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

Flat jet configuration

41

HP Injection Valve Mini-HDEV LV
The Mini-HDEV LV can be used in highpressure manifold injection systems.
Its most remarkable features are the small
size and weight and the freedom in
defining both – spray and jet. Every jet isfree definable in terms of position, flowrateandpenetration.
Moreover,asymmetric sprays are possible.
Mechanical data
System pressure
Flow rate

Conditions for use
max. 100 bar
e.g. 1350 g/min at 100 bar

Weight48 gLength51 mm

Fuel input

axial (top-feed)

Operating temperatures-30 … 120 °C

Permissible fuel temperatures< 80 °C

Part number
Electrical data
Resistance

HPI Valve Mini-HDEV LV

on request< 0,2 ΩVoltage

14 V

Peak current

26 A

Examples of variations, further variations on request

Jets on a circle

Jets on a circle and a middle jet

Jets on two circles

Jets on two circles and a middle jet

Jet configuration regarding the
spark plug position

42

motorsport@bosch.com

Flat jet configuration

Injection & Ignition

HP Injection Valve Mini-HDEV LV 8A
The Mini-HDEV LV 8A is a high pressure
injector, which is developed to be used inhigh performance gasoline engines with amanifold injection system.
The function of the Mini-HDEV LV 8A is
both to meter out the fuel and to obtain awell-defined mixture of fuel and air. It is
an inward opening solenoid injector which
is optimised regarding very short opening
and closing times, which ensures a very
stable linearity at short injection times. It
is suitable for a standard peak and holdpower stage based on 12 V.
Its most remarkable features are the small
size and weight. Another benefit of thisinjector

is

a

high

spray

variability

concerning spray angle and spray shape.
Also the flow rate can be defined in a big
range. An additional advantage of thisinjector is a high accuracy regarding
leakage and linearity.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

335 ... 2000 g/min @ 100 bar

Fuel Input

Top-Feed Injector

Fuel
Fuel Input
Operating Pressure

Gasoline
Top-Feed Injector
100 barOperating Temperature Range-20 °C … 140 °C

Storage Temperature Range-20 °C … 70 °C

Weight w/o cable

20,7 mm

Length51,6 mmMax. Vibration

600 m/s² (guide value)

Electrical Data
Peak Power Supply US

12 V

Peak Current

7,5 A

Peak Sustain Time

14 May. 09

48 g

Diameter

800 μsHold Power Supply

12 V

Hold Current

3,5 A

Coil Resistance

270 mΩ

motorsport@bosch.com

43Connectors and Cables

Characteristic

Cable Size

AWG18

Cable Length< 100 cm

SleeveDR 25

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.

Spray TypeMultihole

Number of Holes

6 … 16

Spray Angle Overall< 100°

Spray Angle Single Beam

8° … 18°

Static Flow Tolerance+/- 4 %

Dynamic Flow Tolerance

Application Hint

Leakage

The injector can be supplied by a peak and holdpower stage with maximum 8 A @ 12 V.
If your application conditions will not match thelisted performance data, please ask for consultancy
at Bosch Motorsport.
The injector can be cleaned (mechanically or
chemically) if the tip will not be damaged.

< 2,0 mm³/min @ 23 °C

Fly Time (t_on)

220 μsClosing Time (t_off)

250 μsDroplet Size SMD

15 μm

Example Spray Pattern
Static Flow

Do not use supersonic cleaning.

+/- 4 % @ ti = 1,5 ms

335 ... 2000 g/min @ 100 bar

Part Number

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Mini-HDEV LV 8A

on request

Examples of variations, further variations on request

Jets on a circle

Jets on a circle and a middle jet

Jets on two circles

Jets on two circles and a middle jet

Jet configuration regarding the
spark plug position

44

motorsport@bosch.com

Flat jet configuration

Injection & Ignition

Power Stage Units
HPI 1.1
The injector power stage HPI 1.1 is an
instrumentfordriving

injectorsforgasoline direct injection. Combined with asuitable ECU up to 6 injectors can be
driven. The injectors are gathered in 3
groups of 2 injectors each. Within a grouponly one injector can be switched on at
the same time. The 3 groups are totally
independent, so that overlapping injectionof injectors of different groups is possible.
Communication between main ECU andthe HPI 1.1 is realized via CAN interface.

HPI 1.1 Active low
The injection control inputs of the HPI 1.1
Active low are inverting (Low = ”ON”) for
operation with standard lowside powerstages of automotive ECUs.

Electrical Data
Power supply
Internal voltage regulator

Max. number of cylinders

6

Max. rpm (4-cyl. operation)

9,000

Max. rpm (6-cyl. operation)

6,000

-

Operating voltage (normal operation)

11 … 16 V

Operating voltage (engine start)

6 … 18 V

Nominal voltage

Application

14 V

14.0 V

Communication interfaces
1 CAN (500 kBaud)
1 K-Line

Optimised for Bosch high pressure injection valves
HDEV 1/HDEV 5

Part Number

Max. vibration
Vibration profile 2(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

HPI 1.1 Active low (for HDEV 1)

F 01T A20 000-01

HPI 1.1 Active low (for HDEV 5)

F 02U V00 030-01

Mechanical Data
Sheet-metal housing
Each connector pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boards
Housing temperature
Size
Weight14 May. 09-25 … 85 °C
180 x 162 x 46 mm
430 g

motorsport@bosch.com

45

HPI 1.1 Active highThe injection control inputs of the HPI 1.1
Active high are non-inverting (High =”ON”).

Electrical Data
Power supply
Internal voltage regulator

Application
Max. number of cylinders

6

Max. rpm (4-cyl. operation)

9,000

Max. rpm (6-cyl. operation)

6,000

Optimised for Bosch high pressure injection valves
HDEV 1/HDEV 5
Max. vibration
Vibration profile 2(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

11 … 16 V

Operating voltage (engine start)

6 … 18 V

Nominal voltage
1 CAN (500kBaud)
1 K-Line

Part Number
HPI 1.1 Active high (for HDEV 1) F 01E B01 645-01
HPI 1.1 Active high (for HDEV 5) F 02U V00 036-01

Each connector pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boards

Weight46

14.0 V

Communication interfaces

Sheet-metal housing

Size

-

Operating voltage (normal operation)

Mechanical Data

Housing temperature

14 V-25 … 85 °C
180 x 162 x 46 mm
430 g

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

HPI 1.16 LV / LVD
In combination with a Bosch Motorsport
ECU the HPI 1.16 Box enables the runningof high pressure injection valves. The
injector current is realised by a switchedcurrent regulation with booster period,
pick-upperiod,holding

periodandrecharging period. This HPI Box can beused for example in Formula 1 race cars.

HPI 1.16 LV
Mechanical Data

Conditions for Use

Max. number of cylinders

10

Housing temperature-25 … 85 °C

Dust and waterproof aluminium housing

Operating voltage

8 … 18 V

Filtered connectors in military technology with highpin density

Nominal voltage

14.0 V

Vibration damped printed circuit boards
Flexible housing fixation points
Size without connectors

135 x 101 x 43 mm

WeightCommunication interfaces

560 g
1 CAN, 1 K-LineMax. vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Optimised for Bosch injection valves Mini-HDEV LV
Max. rpm

20,000Internal voltage regulator-

Part Number
HPI 1.16 LV

F 01T A20 017

HPI 1.16 LVD
In addition the HPI 1.16 LVD has aninternal voltage regulator.

Conditions for Use
Housing temperature

Mechanical Data
Max. number of cylinders

10

Dust and waterproof aluminium housing

Operating voltage

8 … 18 V

Nominal voltage

14.0 V

Max. vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Filtered connectors in military technology with highpin density

Electrical Data

Vibration damped printed circuit boards

Max. rpm

Flexible housing fixation points
Size without connectors
WeightCommunication interfaces

14 May. 09

135 x 101 x 43 mm-25 … 70 °C

Optimised for Bosch injection valves Mini-HDEV LVInternal voltage regulator

710 g

Part Number

1 CAN, 1 K-Line

HPI 1.16 LVD

motorsport@bosch.com

20,000
14 … 17 V

F 01T A20 016

47

HPI 1.16 HV / HVD
In combination with a Bosch Motorsport
ECU the HPI 1.16 Box enables the runningof high pressure injection valves. The
injector current is realised by a switchedcurrent regulation with booster period,
pick-upperiod,holding

periodandrecharging period. This HPI can be used
for example in racing series like DTM, 24 h
Le Mans, etc (90 V external required).

HPI 1.16 HV
Mechanical Data

Conditions for Use

Max. number of cylinders

10

Housing temperature-25 … 85 °C

Dust and waterproof aluminium housing

Operating voltage

8 … 18 V

Filtered connectors in military technology with highpin density

Nominal voltage

14.0 V

Vibration damped printed circuit boards
Flexible housing fixation points
Size without connectors

135 x 101 x 43 mm

WeightCommunication interfaces

575 g
1 CAN, 1 K-LineMax. vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Optimised for Bosch HP injection valves HDEV 5.1,
Mini-HDEV 1.2
Max. rpm

12,500Internal voltage regulator-

Part Number
HPI 1.16 HV

F 01T A20 019

HPI 1.16 HVD
In addition the HPI 1.16 HVD has aninternal voltage regulator.
Mechanical Data
Max. number of cylinders

10

Dust and waterproof aluminium housing
Filtered connectors in military technology with highpin density

Conditions for Use
Housing temperature-25 … 70 °C

Operating voltage

8 … 18 V

Nominal voltage

14.0 V

Max. vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data

Vibration damped printed circuit boards

Optimised for Bosch HP injection valves HDEV 5.1,
Mini-HDEV 1.2

Flexible housing fixation points

Max. rpm

Size without connectors
WeightCommunication interfaces48

135 x 101 x 43 mm
725 g
1 CAN, 1 K-Line

Internal voltage regulator

12,50065 … 90 V

Part Number
HPI 1.16 HVD

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A20 018

Injection & Ignition

Ignition Module IM 3.1 / 3.2
This ignition module IM is an external
ignition power stage capable of supplying
up to three non-transistorized ignition
coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by
an ECU with ignition signal outputs in therange of 10 to 20 mA (e.g.: MS 4.x orMS 4.x Sport).
The IM unit combines the robustness of ahigh quality production part with goodelectrical performance to provide an ideal
solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition
driver stages.
Application

Mechanical Data

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Clamp voltage

380 V ±30 V

Operating temperature range @ measuring point-40 … 120 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration-40 … 130 °C

400 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,500 Hz

Electrical Data
UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 ... 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off
IBWeight w/o cable
Mounting[1] 70.5 x 68 x 20 mm[2] 71 x 48 x 21 mm
47 g
2 x M4 screws with spring washer

Characteristic
Characteristic dwell time
see characteristic dwell timefrom the ignition coil used
Internal transistor

triple Darlington

0 mA
10 … 22 mA

IC typical≤ 8.5 AIC max. @ TU < 120 °C< 10 AUCE satt @ IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt @ IC max<9V

14 May. 09

Size

motorsport@bosch.com

49Electronic circuit for connecting the ignition modules IM 3.1 / 3.2
ECU with 10 to 20 mA current driver
U batt / power supply

e.g. Bosch MS 4.x

ignition driver outputs
ignition coilterminal 4a

Foreign ECU without special
current driver needs this circuit+5V
terminal 4b

150 Ω
ECU
control signal

33 Ω

10 kΩ
BCX 58ignition module
0 227 100 2XX

Connectors

Application Hint

[1] Connector 1 Three Pin Connector @ 3.1

The ignition modules 3.1 / 3.2 can be used with:
Coil 2x2, 3x2, P35, P35-T and PS or comparable
coils.

Connector
Mating connector

Bosch Jetronic 3-pin
D 261 205 289-01

Pin 1

Collector Transistor 1

Pin 2

Collector Transistor 2

Pin 3

Collector Transistor 3

Please ensure that the connectors are safe fromwater.
The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The
mounting surface needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.

[1] Connector 2 Four Pin Connector @ 3.1

A heat conductive paste has to be used.

Connector

The IM 3.1 / 3.2 are designed for use with engine
control units which have no integrated ignitiontransistor.

Bosch Jetronic 4-pin

Mating connector

D 261 205 351-01

Pin 1

Basis Transistor 3

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Basis Transistor 2

Pin 4

Basis Transistor 1

Please observe the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

[2] Connector 1 Seven Pin Connector @ 3.2

Part Number

Connector

Bosch Jetronic 7-pin

Ignition Module IM 3.1 [1]

0 227 100 209

F 02U B00 252-01

Ignition Module IM 3.2 [2]0 227 100 203

Mating connector
Pin 1

Collector Transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis Transistor 1

Pin 3

Collector Transistor 2

Pin 4

Gnd

Pin 5

Basis Transistor 2

Pin 6

Collector Transistor 3

Pin 7

Basis Transistor 3

50

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition
Dimensions IM 3.1

Dimensions IM 3.2

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

51

Ignition Module IM 4
This ignition module IM is an external
ignition power stage capable of supplying
up to four non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by
an ECU with ignition signal outputs in therange of 10 to 20 mA (e.g.: MS 4.x or MS
4.x Sport).
The IM unit combines the robustness of ahigh quality production part with goodelectrical performance to provide an ideal
solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition
driver stages.
Application

Mechanical Data

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Clamp voltage

380 V ±30 V

Operating temperature range @ measuring point-40 … 120 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration-40 … 130 °C

400 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,500 Hz

Electrical Data
UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 ... 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off
IBWeight w/o cable
Mounting< 8.5 A< 10 AUCE Satt @ IC = 5 A<3V

UCE Satt @ IC max

<9V

54 g
2 x M4 screws
with spring washer

Characteristic dwell time
see characteristic dwell timefrom the ignition coil used
Internal transistor

10 … 22 mA

IC max. @ TU < 120 °C

70.5 x 68 x 20 mm

Characteristic

0 mA

IC typical

52

Size

motorsport@bosch.com

triple Darlington

Injection & Ignition

Electronic circuit for connecting the ignition module IM 4

Connectors

Application Hint

Connector 1 Four Pin Connector

The ignition module 4 can be used with: Coils 2x2,
3x2, P35, P35-T and PS or comparable coils.

Connector

Bosch Jetronic 4-pin

Mating connector

D 261 205 351-01

Pin 1

Collector Transistor 4

Pin 2

Collector Transistor 3

Pin 3

Collector Transistor 2

Pin 4

Collector Transistor 1

Connector 2 Five Pin Connector
Connector

Bosch Jetronic 5-pin

Mating connector

D 261 205 352-01

Pin 1

Basis Transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis Transistor 2

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

Basis Transistor 3

Pin 5

Basis Transistor 4

14 May. 09

Please ensure that the connectors are safe fromwater.
The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The
mounting surface needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.
A heat conductive paste has to be used.
This ignition module is designed for use with engine
control units which have no integrated ignitiontransistor.
Please observe the specified limit values.

Part Number
Ignition Module IM 4

motorsport@bosch.com

0 227 100 211

53

Dimensions IM 4

54

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Fuel Pumps
Fuel Pump FP 100
Fuel delivery: >100 l/h, 5 bar

Description
Fuel delivery

Accessories>100 l/hHigh temperature reduction

30 l/hSupply voltage

13,5 V

Current consumption
WeightNon return valve

Primary connector

Part number
FP 100

Y 580 701 456-02

motorsport@bosch.com

55

5 A (5 bar)725 gexternal

Connections
Intake sideM16 x 1,5

Pressure sideM12 x 1,5

Electrical

14 May. 09+: M4 / -: M5

Fuel Pump FP 165
Fuel delivery: >165 l/h, 5 bar

Description
Fuel delivery

Accessories>165 l/hHigh temperature reduction

30 l/hSupply voltage

13,5 V

Current consumption
WeightNon return valve

10 A (5 bar)
980 ginternal

Primary connector

Part number
0 580 254 979
Offer drawing

Connections
Intake side
Pressure side
Electrical56

M14 x 1,5M12 x 1,5+: M4 / -: M5

motorsport@bosch.com

A 580 152 325

Injection & Ignition

Fuel Pump FP 200
Fuel delivery: >200 l/h, 5/8 bar after a break-in period of
20 h

Description
Fuel delivery

Accessories>200 l/hHigh temperature reduction

30 l/hSupply voltage

13,5 V

Current consumption

13 A

Weight1030 gNon return valve

external

Primary connector

Part numbers
5 bar

0 580 254 044

8 bar

B 261 205 413

Offer drawing

A 580 152 519

Connections
Intake side

M18 x 1,5

Pressure sideM12 x 1,5

Electrical

14 May. 09+: M6 / -: M5

motorsport@bosch.com

57

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5
The HDP 5 is a compact designed highpressure single piston pump. The design
allows achieving a big delivery volume aswell as high efficiency, as needed in
motorsports

applications.

Variationofnumber of cam lobes and cam lift allows
addressingthedifferent

flow-

requirements.

Mechanical Data

Connections

Nominal fuel delivery

up to 1.1 cm³/ Ucam

Nominal pressure

up to 20 MPa

Weightapprox. 780 g

Max. drive speed(pump drive shaft)
Supply pressure

Intake sidee.g. thread hole M14x1.5

Pressure sidee.g. thread hole M14x1.5

Part Numbers

3,500 … 4,650 min-1

Fuel delivery 0.67 cm³/ Ucam

on request

4 … 7 bar

Fuel delivery 1.1 cm³/ Ucam

on request

Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flange
Operating temperature-40 °C ... +120 °C

Storage temperature-40 °C … +70 °C

Compatible Fuels

unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15

Fuel temperature

80 °C (short-term 130 °C)

Max. vibration

58

up to 600 m/s²

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Diesel Fuel Pump DFP 300
Fuel delivery: >300 l/h, 5 bar relative
This electrical diesel fuel pump without
non-ferrous metal is especially designed
for diesel applications. A modified rotor
provides higher fuel delivery than theseries version. Its tight housing withscrewed connectors fits to any intank or
inline fuel circuit. This pump results in an
excellent weight-to-power ratio.

Description
Fuel delivery at fuel temp. < 90 °C

Connections>300 l/h

Fuel delivery increase after break-in periodof 20 h20 l/hSupply voltage

13,5 V

Current consumption

17,2 A

Weight

700 g

Intake side

M18 x 1,5

Pressure sideM12 x 1,5

Electrical+: M6 / -: M5

Part numbers

Non return valve

internal

Housing version

inlineAllowed diesel spec.

EN590

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

DFP 300l/h

B 261 205 366

59Fuel Pressure Regulators
Fuel Pressure Regulator 05-40 A
Pressure range: 0,5 … 4 bar

Mechanical data

Part number

Supply8 mm, tube connector

Reflow

8 mm, tube connector

Reflow quantity

B 280 500 139
Offer drawing

min. 15 l/h, max. 220 l/h

Description
Sheet steel housing with manifold connection

60

motorsport@bosch.com

A 280 500 104

Injection & Ignition

Fuel Pressure Regulator 14-50
Pressure range: 1,4 … 5 bar

Mechanical data

Part number

Supply10 mm, O-ring

Reflow

8 mm, tube connector

Reflow quantity

1,4 … 5 bar

B 280 500 701

min. 15 l/h, max. 220 l/h

Description
Sheet steel housing with manifold connection

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

61

Fuel Pressure Regulator 15-50
Pressure range: 1,5 … 5 bar

Mechanical data

Part number

Supply8 mm, O-ring

Reflow

M14 x 1,5

Reflow quantity

B 280 500 743
Offer drawing

min. 15 l/h, max. 220 l/h

Description
Sheet steel housing with manifold connection

62

motorsport@bosch.com

A 280 500 743

Injection & Ignition

Fuel Pressure Regulator 19-50
Pressure range: 1,9 … 5 bar

Mechanical data

Part number

SupplyM14 x 1,5

Reflow

M14 x 1,5

Reflow quantity

B 280 500 737
Offer drawing

A 280 500 662

min. 15 l/h, max. 220 l/h

Description
Sheet steel housing with manifold connection

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

63

Fuel Pressure Regulator 20x120
Pressure ranges: 3 … 6 bar/ 3 … 12 bar

Mechanical data

Part numbers

Supply2 x M14x1,5

Reflow

8 mm, tube connector

Reflow quantity
Housing

64

min. 15 l/h, max. 220 l/h

3 … 6 bar3 … 12 bar (without manifold
connection)

sheet steel

motorsport@bosch.com

B 280 500 714
B 280 500 742-02

Injection & Ignition

Fuel Pressure Regulators Mini/Mini M
Pressure range: 6/8/10 bar
We offer this mini pressure regulator in
two fuel-specific versions: the standard
version for use with petrol and a M-version
for use with methanol.

Mechanical data

Part numbers

Supply25 mm, O-ring

Reflow

9,15 mm, O-ring

6 bar

B 261 208 106

min. 30 l/h, max. 400 l/h

8 bar

B 261 208 108

10 bar

B 261 208 109

Reflow quantity

Description
Light weight aluminium housing
No manifold connection

Standard version

Methanol version
6 bar

B 261 208 121

8 bar

B 261 208 122

10 bar

B 261 208 123-01

Erledigung durch Kunden
Effect by customer--

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

O-Ringe leicht mit sauberem
Motorenöl einölen
Oil O-rings lightly with clean engine oil
Nach der Montage an Kraftstoffzuteiler
ist Dichtheitsprüfung durchzuführen
Leaktest after installation
Bei Ausbau und Wiederverwendung
des Druckreglers müssen die O-Ringeüberprüft werden
When the pressure regulator isremoved and will be reused, the Orings must be checked
Betrieb des Druckreglers mit Luft ist
unzulässig
Operation with air is not allowed

65Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A
Pressure ranges: 2,2 … 3,5 bar/3,5 … 5 bar

Mechanical data

Accessories

Supply24,6 mm, O-ring

Reflow

9,15 mm, O-ring

Reflow quantitymin. 15 l/h, max. 220 l/h

WeightDescription

58 g

Pre-filter

1 287 431 008

Part numbers
2,2 … 3,5 bar

B 280 550 340

3,5 … 5 bar

B 280 550 341

Offer drawing

A 280 550 340

Light weight aluminium housing
No manifold connection

Erledigung durch Kunden
Effect by customer
-

-

66

motorsport@bosch.com

O-Ringe leicht mit sauberem
Motorenöl einölen
Oil O-rings lightly with clean engine oil
Nach der Montage an Kraftstoffzuteiler
ist Dichtheitsprüfung durchzuführen
Leaktest after installation
Bei Ausbau und Wiederverwendung
des Druckreglers müssen die O-Ringeüberprüft werden
When the pressure regulator isremoved and will be reused, the Orings must be checked
Betrieb des Druckreglers mit Luft ist
unzulässig
Operation with air is not allowedInjection & Ignition

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38
Pressure range: 3,8 bar

Mechanical data

Conditions for use

Supply24,6 mm, O-ringTemperature range

Reflow

9,15 mm, O-ringVibration

Reflow quantity
Set pressuremin. 15 l/h, max. 220 l/h-40 … 120° C< 600 m/s2

Weight45 g

380 kPa

Set pressure accuracy

2%Linearity

1%

External leakno fuel leakage at 500 kPa

Bust pressure> 1500 kPa

Part number
0 280 160 616
Offer drawing

A 280 160 616

Erledigung durch Kunden
Effect by customer--

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

O-Ringe leicht mit sauberem
Motorenöl einölen
Oil O-rings lightly with clean engine oil
Nach der Montage an Kraftstoffzuteiler
ist Dichtheitsprüfung durchzuführen
Leaktest after installation
Bei Ausbau und Wiederverwendung
des Druckreglers müssen die O-Ringeüberprüft werden
When the pressure regulator isremoved and will be reused, the Orings must be checked
Betrieb des Druckreglers mit Luft ist
unzulässig
Operation with air is not allowed

67

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 50
Pressure range: 5,0 bar

Mechanical data

Description

Supply24,6 mm, O-ring

Reflow

9,15 mm, O-ring

Reflow quantity
Set pressuremin. 15 l/h, max. 220 l/h
500 kPa

Set pressure accuracy

2%Linearity

1%

External leakno fuel leakage at 500 kPa

Bust pressure> 1500 kPa

Sheet steel housing with manifold connection

Part number
B 280 550 113
Offer drawing

A 280 550 058

Erledigung durch Kunden
Effect by customer
-

-

68

motorsport@bosch.com

O-Ringe leicht mit sauberem
Motorenöl einölen
Oil O-rings lightly with clean engine oil
Nach der Montage an Kraftstoffzuteiler
ist Dichtheitsprüfung durchzuführen
Leaktest after installation
Bei Ausbau und Wiederverwendung
des Druckreglers müssen die O-Ringeüberprüft werden
When the pressure regulator isremoved and will be reused, the Orings must be checked
Betrieb des Druckreglers mit Luft ist
unzulässig
Operation with air is not allowedInjection & Ignition

HP Control Valve DSV
The

DSV

is

specificallydesignedforregulation of pressure in the common railof high pressure injection systems.

Mechanical data

Electrical data

Pressure range

10 … 200 bar

Operation voltage

6,5 … 18 V

Flow quantity

max. 220 l/h

Operation current

Imax = 2,2 A

WeightSize
Housing
Operating temperature
Max. temperature of location

14 May. 09

135 g
32 x 54 x 56 mm
Aluminium

Part number
HP Control Valve DSV

0 261 540 011-20 … 130 °C
140 °C (max. 5 min)motorsport@bosch.com

69Diesel System Components
Diesel System Components

Injector CRI 2

HP fuel pump CP3

Rail

Rail
Injector CRI 3

HP fuel pump CP4

Pressure sensor RDS

Pressure control valve DRV

Component

Specification

Injector CRI 2

Solenoid, 6 - 8 holes, up to 1,500 ccm/min at 100 bar, up to 1,800 bar

Injector CRI 3

Piezo, 6 - 14 holes, up to 1,400 ccm/min at 100 bar, up to 2,200 bar

High pressure fuel pump CP3 /CP4Pump with control valve and optional gear pump, up to 1,400 ccm/rev

Pressure control valve DRV

Pressure range up to 2,400 bar

Pressure limiting valve DBV

Pressure range up to 2,200 bar

Pressure sensor RDS

Pressure range up to 2,400 bar

Rails

Common rail for up to 6 cylinders per bank

The geometry and characteristics of diesel engine components are more dependent upon
the application than for gasoline engines. A single injector design will not fit all Diesel
engines due to varying mechanical and nozzle geometry requirements. In addition, theinjection system can vary from year to year even within the same make of car.
70

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition
Bosch Motorsport uses the same technology for racing that was developed by Bosch for
production vehicle applications. This includes both solenoid (magnetic) technology usedin earlier systems, and the latest cutting-edge piezo technology.
Bosch Motorsport can offer a wide variety of modifications to fit the system to yourspecifications. These modifications include:•

Definition of suitable base components from other (or larger) engine applications.

•

Adaptation of components for mating, fit and orientation to suit the selected
application.

•

Flow enhancement of injectors and rails.

•

Injector nozzle adaptation (flow rate, number of holes, spray cone angle etc.).

Our goal is to offer the best balance of cost and performance for your application. This is
why we offer different levels of modifications to choose from. Below is an example of thedifferent levels for a 4-cylinder engine with 4 injectors, 1 high pressure pump, and a single
fuel rail:
1st Level

2nd Level

Description

series components withsome minor modifications(e.g. series components
from a bigger engine (e.g.
pump) plus series injector
with sample nozzle)

series components withcomponents manufactured
modification (e.g. modified completely to yourinjector body with sample specification (e.g. heavily
nozzle)modified series
components or new
products)

3rd Level

Functioning

Solenoid

Piezo

Piezo or Solenoid

Injectors

4 x 650.00 €4 x 2,100.00 €On request

High Pressure Pump

1,250.00 €3,000.00 €On request

Fuel Rail

500.00 €1,000.00 €On request

System Price

4,350.00 €12,400.00 €On request(Prices will be finalized in your personal offer once part numbers are defined)

Additional remark:Bosch Motorsport does not manufacture high pressure fuel lines, but we can assist you in
findingacompany

that

can

build

high

pressure

lines

for

your

application.

When contacting us for more information on our Diesel components, please have thefollowing information ready so that we may best determine components required for yourapplication:•

The base engine / the car where this engine originally is installed•

Model year and type of car / engine•

The base output level and the desired output level for the engine

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

71•

If it is a Bosch application, the part numbers of the components•

Alternatively the car / engine manufacturer part number of the original injection
system.

Please note:
If your engine is originally equipped with Bosch components, modifications will be easierthan replacing third party components.
We reserve the right to assess a fee for applications where the component specification
requires an extraordinary amount of time.

72

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Ignition Coils
Double Fire Coil 3x2
This dual spark ignition coil is designed
for low-cost applications in 6-cylinder
engines.
The advantage of this coil is that the ECU
needs only three internal ignition powerstages for supplying a 6-cylinder engine.
The double fire 3x2 coil benefits fromseries production ensuring robustness andlow cost.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

WeightPrimary current≤ 8,0 A

Mounting

1490 gscrew fastening

Operating temperature range @ outer core
-20 … 120 °C

Communication

Storage temperature range

Measured with power stage
IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)

Max. vibration-40 … 100 °C≤ 200 m/s2 @ 5 … 250 Hz

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with cable

500 mΩ

Secondary resistance

12 kΩ

High voltage rise time

≤ 1,9 kV/μs

Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 80 mA

Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1MΩ≤ 1,9 ms

Noise suppression

No

Suppression diode / EFU

No

Integrated power stage

No

Ion current signal

No

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

73Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary

Ubatt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

18 V

20 V

22 V

24 V

5,0

7,2

4,3

3,1

2,4

2,0

1,7

1,4

1,3

1,1

1,0

6,0

9,5

5,4

3,8

2,9

2,4

2,0

1,7

1,5

1,3

1,2

7,0

13,5

6,6

4,5

3,5

2,8

2,4

2,0

1,8

1,6

1,4

8,0

7,9

5,2

3,9

3,2

2,7

2,3

2,0

1,8

1,6

9,0

9,5

6,0

4,4

3,5

2,9

2,5

2,2

1,9

1,8

6,7

4,9

3,9

3,2

2,7

2,4

2,1

1,9

10,0

Dwell time = f (Ubatt)
16,0
14,0

dwell time / ms

12,0

6V
8V

10,0

10V
12V

8,0
6,0

14V
16V
18V

4,0

24V

2,0
0,0
4,0

5,0

6,0

7,0

8,0

9,0

10,0

11,0

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary
5A

6A

7A

8A

9A

10 A

Spark Energy [mJ]

34,4

45

56,5

67,6

77,7

86,2

Spark Duration [μs]

1,44

1,63

1,78

1,9

1,98

2,07

Spark Current [mA]

48

60

70

80

88,8

100

High Voltage [kV]

25,4

29,9

34

39,3

43

45

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)
2,6
mA

90

2,4
mJ

80

2,2
ms

70

2

60

1,8

50

1,6

40

1,4

30

1,2

20

1
4

5

6

7

8

9

10

I primary / A

74

motorsport@bosch.com

11

Spark Duration / ms

Spark energy / mJ, Spark Current / mA
& High Voltage Offering / kV

100

Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ]
High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ]
Spark Current
Spark Duration

Injection & Ignition

Connectors and Cables
Connector
Connector Loom

Application Hint
Bosch Jetronic
D 261 205 351-01

Pin 1

Coil 3 ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Pin 2

Coil 2 ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Pin 3

Coil 1 ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Pin 4

Ubatt

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.

The coil can be directly mounted on the engine.
Ignition cables are needed to connect the coil withthe spark plug, please pay attention that the spark
plugs are connected in the correct ignition firing
order.
This coil is only for use with engine control units
having two integrated ignition power stages, e.g.
IGBT or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please use only within the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number

14 May. 09

Coil 3x2

0 221 503 002

motorsport@bosch.com

75

Double Fire Coil 2x2This dual spark ignition coil is designed for
low-cost
engines.

applicationsin4-cylinder

The advantage of this coil is that the ECU
needs only two internal ignition powerstages to supply a 4-cylinder engine.
The double fire 2x2 coil benefits fromseries production ensuring robustness andlow cost.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 70 mJ

WeightPrimary current≤ 8,0 A

Mounting

916 g
screw fastening

Operating temperature range @ outer core
-20 … 120 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration-40 … 100 °C≤ 200 m/s2 @ 5 … 250 Hz

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with cable

Characteristic
500 mΩ

Secondary resistance

13,3 kΩHigh voltage rise time

≤ 1,9 kV/μs

Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 2,2 ms

Noise suppression

No

Suppression diode / EFU

No

Integrated power stage

No

Ionic current signal

No

76

Measured with power stage
IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary

Ubatt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

18 V

20 V

22 V

24 V

6,9

4,2

3,0

2,4

1,9

1,6

1,4

1,2

1,1

1,0

6,0 A

9,3

5,3

3,8

2,9

2,4

2,0

1,7

1,5

1,3

1,2

7,0 A

13,1

6,7

4,6

3,5

2,8

2,4

2,0

1,8

1,6

1,4

8,0 A

22,2

8,1

5,4

4,1

3,3

2,7

2,3

2,0

1,8

1,6

9,0 A

-

9,8

6,2

4,6

3,6

3,0

2,6

2,3

2,0

1,8

10,0 A

-

12,0

7,0

5,1

4,0

3,3

2,8

2,5

2,2

2,0

5,0 A

Dwell Time = f (Ubatt)
25,0

20,0

dwell time / ms

6V
8V
10V

15,0

12V
14V

10,0

20V
24V

5,0

0,0
4,0

5,0

6,0

7,0

8,0

9,0

10,0

11,0

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary
5A

6A

7A

8A

9A

10 A

Spark energy [mJ]

34,5

46,5

58,0

69,6

79,9

89,9

Spark duration [ms]

1,6

1,83

2,03

2,2

2,31

2,4

Spark current [mA]

40

51

61

70

77

88

High voltage [kV]

24,9

30

34,5

38,6

42,2

45

Spark energy / mJ, Provided High
Voltage / kV & Spark Current / mA

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)
100

4,5

90

4

80

3,5

70

3

60

2,5

50

2

40

1,5

Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ]
High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ]
Spark Current

30

1Spark Duration

20

0,5
4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

I primary / A

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

77Connectors and Cables
Connector
Connector loom
Pin 1

Application Hint
Bosch Jetronic
D 261 205 289-01
Coil 2 ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

Coil 1 ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.

The coil can be directly mounted on the engine.
Ignition cables are needed to connect the coil withthe spark plug, please pay attention that the spark
plugs are connected in the correct ignition firing
order.
This coil is only for use with engine control units
having two integrated ignition power stages, e.g.
IGBT or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please use only within the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Coil 2x2

78

motorsport@bosch.com

0 221 503 407

Injection & Ignition

Double Fire Coil 1x2
The main benefit of this double ended
ignition coil is the low weight by very good
performance.
The advantage of this coil is that the ECU
needs only one internal ignition powerstages to supply a 2-cylinder engine.
The double fire 1x2 coil benefits fromseries production ensuring robustness andlow cost.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 70 mJ

WeightPrimary current≤ 10.0 A

Mounting

180 gscrew fastening

Operating temperature range @ outer core
-20 … 140 °C

Characteristic

Storage temperature range

Measured with power stage
IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)

Max. vibration-40 … 110 °C≤ 400 m/s2 @ 5 … 2500 Hz

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with cable

400 ± 30 mΩ

Secondary resistance

5.7 ± 0.5kΩ

High voltage rise time≤ 2.5 kV/μs

Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 100 mA

Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.54 ms

Noise suppression

No

Suppression diode / EFU

No

Integrated power stage

No

Ionic current signal

No

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

79Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary

Ubatt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

18 V

20 V

24 V

7.0

5.90

3.30

2.28

1.73

1.39

1.15

0.98

0.85

0.67

8.0

8.60

4.30

2.86

2.15

1.72

1.42

1.21

1.05

0.82

8.5

10.70

4.76

3.15

2.35

1.87

1.55

1.32

1.14

0.90

9.0

5.32

3.46

2.57

2.04

1.69

1.43

1.24

0.98

9.5

5.92

3.76

2.77

2.19

1.81

1.54

1.33

1.05

10.0

6.60

4.06

2.97

2.35

1.93

1.64

1.42

1.12

ti = f (Ubatt)
12.00

10.00
6V
8V

dwell time / µs

8.00

10V
12V
14V

6.00

16V
18V
20V
24V

4.00

2.00

0.00
6.5

7.0

7.5

8.0

8.5

9.0

9.5

10.0

10.5

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary
7A

8A

8.5 A

9A

9.5 A

10 A

Spark energy [mJ]

40.6

54.2

60.1

67.6

74

80

Spark duration [ms]

1.13

1.29

1.36

1.43

1.49

1.54

Spark current [mA]

65

75

79.5

85

90.5

95.5

High voltage [kV]

27.3

31.5

33.4

35.8

37.4

39.6

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)
1.8
mA

90

1.7
mJ

80

1.6

ms

70

1.5

60

1.4

50

1.3

40

1.2

Voltage Offering @ 10pF||1MΩ
Spark Current

1.1

Spark Duration

kV

30
20
6.5

7

7.5

8

8.5

9

9.5

10

1
10.5

I primary / A

80

Spark Duration / ms

Spark energy / mJ, Spark Current / mA
& High Voltage Offering / kV

100

motorsport@bosch.com

Energy @ 1kV||1MΩInjection & Ignition

Connectors and Cables
Connector
Connector loom

Application Hint
Bosch Compact

The coil can be directly mounted on the engine.

D 261 205 337-01

Ignition cables are needed to connect the coilwith the spark plug.

Pin 1

Ubatt

Pin 2

ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.

This coil is only for use with engine control units
having integrated ignition power stages, e.g.
IGBT or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please use only within the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Coil 1x2

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

F 02U 004 129-01

81

Single Fire Coil P35 / P35-T
This single fire coil is a low cost concept
designed for direct
cylinder head.

mounting

to theThe P35 coil has no integrated powerstage and is developed for use with ECUs
that have integrated ignition transistors.
The P35-T has an integrated transistor for
use with ECUs that have ignition powerstages with 10 mA to 20 mA current
output.
The length of the spark plug connector
can be defined by customer. The single
fire coil benefits from series production
ensuring robustness and low cost.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

Length≤ 225 mm

Primary current≤ 7,5 A

Weight194 … 250 g

Operating temperature range @ outer core
-20 … 140 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

Mountingscrew fastening-40 … 100 °C≤ 400 m/s2 @ 5 … 2500 Hz

Electrical Data

Characteristic

Primary resistance with cable[1|2] 760 mΩ
[3|4] Incapable of measurement

Measured with power stage[1|2] IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)[3|4] BIP 373

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 2,0 kV/μs

Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1,13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU
Integrated power stage
Ionic current signal82

Yes[1|2] No
[3|4] YesNo

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary

U batt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

18 V

20 V

22 V

24 V

4,0 A

5,9

3,1

2,2

1,6

1,4

1,1

1,0

0,9

0,8

0,7

5,0 A

11,4

4,4

2,9

2,1

1,7

1,4

1,2

1,1

1,0

0,9

6,0 A

6,0

3,7

2,7

2,1

1,8

1,5

1,3

1,2

1,0

7,0 A

8,6

4,4

3,1

2,4

2,0

1,7

1,5

1,3

1,2

8,0 A

5,2

3,5

2,7

2,2

1,9

1,6

1,4

1,3

9,0 A

6,6

3,9

3,0

2,4

2,0

1,7

1,5

1,4

Dwell Time = f (Ubatt)
15,0
14,0
13,0
12,0

dwell time / ms

11,0

6V
8V

10,0
9,0

10V
12V

8,0

14V
16V

7,0
6,0

20V
24V

5,0
4,0
3,0
2,0
1,0
0,0
3,5

4,5

5,5

6,5

7,5

8,5

9,5

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & High Voltage
I primary
4A

5A

6A

7A

8A

9A

Spark energy [mJ]

18

25,4

33,4

38,8

43,3

47

Spark duration [ms]

0,77

0,91

1

1,07

1,11

1,15

Spark current [mA]

50

62

74

83

91

100

High voltage [kV]

22

26,5

30,3

33

34,5

36,2

Spark Energy & High Voltage = f (I primary)
1,4
mA

90

1,3

80

1,2
ms

70

1,1

60

1

50

Spark Duration / ms

Spark energy / mJ, High Voltage
Offering / kV & Spark Current / mA

100

0,9
mJ

40

0,8
kV

30

0,7

20

0,6

10

Energy [@ 1000V||1MΩ]
Spark Current
High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ]
Spark Duration

0,5
3,5

4,5

5,5

6,5

7,5

8,5

9,5

I primary / A

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

83Connectors and Cables
Connector
Connector loom

Application Hint
Sumitomo
D 261 205 367

Pin 1[1|2] ECUIgnition Driver Stage[3|4] ECUIgnition Signal

Pin 2

ECUGnd

Pin 3

Ubatt

During mounting of the spark plug please pay
attention that full clamping and proper contacts are
made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
For coils without "-T", please only use with engine
control units with an integrated ignition powerstage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.

The coils with "-T", please only use with engine
control units without integrated power stages.

Spark plug connector

For technical reasons the values of the coils mayvary.

[1|3] 140,5 mm[2|4] 85 … 225 mm

Please specify the requested length of the spark
plug connector with your order.

Please only use within specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number

84

Coil P35 [1]

0 221 504 030

Coil P35 [2]F02U V00 235 01

Coil P35-T [3]0 221 604 014

Coil P35-T [4]F02U V00 234 01

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Single Fire Coil P50 / P50-M
This single fire coil is a low cost concept
designedfor

directmountingtothecylinder-head. A high voltage ignition cable
can optionally be connected
secondary output terminal.

to

The

internal

mating

ECU

must

have

the

ignition power stages for each single fire
coil.
The

coil

P50-M

is

especiallyformotorsports applications. This coil has
increased spark energy, increased highvoltage rise time and is operable in higher
vibration environments.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 50 mJ

Primary current≤ 8,5 A

Operating temperature range @ outer core
-20 … 140 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

Weight[1] 223 g[2] 265 g

Mounting

pluggable-40 … 100 °C[1] ≤ 400 m/s2 @ 5 … 2000 Hz[2] ≤ 800 m/s2 @ 5 … 2000 Hz

Electrical Data

Characteristic

Primary resistance with cable

370 mΩ

Secondary resistanceincapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 3,0 kV/μs

Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 92 mA

Spark duration @ 1kV || 1MΩ

Measured with power stage
IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)≤ 1,15 ms

Noise suppression
Yes, with spark plug connector
Suppression diode / EFU

YesIntegrated power stage

No

Ionic current signal

No

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

85

Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary

Ubatt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

18 V

24 V

30 V

5,0 A

3,84

2,54

1,90

1,51

1,26

1,07

0,94

0,68

0,53

6,0 A

4,93

3,14

2,33

1,84

1,52

1,30

1,13

0,81

0,63

7,0 A

6,20

3,81

2,76

2,17

1,79

1,53

1,32

0,95

0,74

8,0 A

7,70

4,51

3,21

2,51

2,06

1,74

1,51

1,08

0,84

9,0 A

9,50

5,17

3,62

2,80

2,29

1,93

1,67

1,19

0,93

10,0 A

11,20

5,61

3,87

2,97

2,42

2,04

1,77

1,26

0,98

Dwell Time = f (Ubatt)
12,00

dwell time / ms

10,00
6V

8,00

8V
10V

6,00

12V
14V

4,00

16V
24V

2,00

0,00
4,5

5,0

5,5

6,0

6,5

7,0

7,5

8,0

8,5

9,0

9,5

10,0

10,5

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary
5A

6A

7A

8A

9A

10 A

Spark energy [mJ]

22

29,7

37,5

46,3

53

58,4

Spark duration [μs]

822

934

1030

1120

1170

1210

Spark current [mA]

60

68,5

77

87,5

97

105

High voltage [kV]

26,8

31,6

36,4

40,9

44,4

46,3

Spark energy / mJ, Spark Current / mA
& Provided High Voltage / kV

110

1,4
mA

100

ms

90

1,2

80

1,1

70

1

60

0,9
mJ

50

0,8
kV

0,7

Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ]

30

0,6

Spark Current

20

0,5

40

10
4,5

5

5,5

6

6,5

7

7,5

8

8,5

9

9,5

10

I primary / A

86

1,3

Spark Duration / ms

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)

motorsport@bosch.com

0,4
10,5

High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ]

Spark Duration

Injection & Ignition

Connectors and Cables
Connector
Connector loom

Application Hint
Bosch Compact
D 261 205 335-01

Pin 1

Ubatt

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.

During mounting of the spark plug please pay
attention that full clamping and proper contacts are
made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units
having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT
IRG4BC40S or BIP118.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please only use within specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Accessories
Accessory spark plug connector

1 354 489 085

Part Number
P50 [1]0 221 504 001

P50-M [2]B 261 208 315
incl. spark plug connector 1 354 489 085

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

87Single Fire Coil P100-T
The

P100-T(integrated

is

a

power

transistorized

coil

stage

355)

BIP

developed for engines needing immense
spark energy and long spark duration. The
integrated power stage requires an ECU
with ignition signal outputs in the range of
10 to 20 mA.
This single fire coil is designed for direct
cylinder head mounting.
This coil benefits from series production
ensuring robustness and low cost.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 100 mJ

WeightPrimary current≤ 7,5 A

Mounting

353 g
screw fastening

Operating temperature range outer core
-20 … 140 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration-40 … 100 °C≤ 400 m/s2 @ 5 … 2500 Hz

Electrical Data

Characteristic

Primary resistance with/without cable
Incapable of measurement

Measured with power stage

Secondary resistance without noise suppression
Incapable of measurement
High voltage rise timeMax. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 1,7 kV/μs≤ 30 kV

Spark current≤ 110 mA

Spark duration≤ 1,9 ms

Noise suppression

inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

YesIntegrated power stage

Yes

Ionic current signal

No88

motorsport@bosch.com

BIP 355

Injection & Ignition

Characteristic Dwell time [ms]I primary

U batt
6V

8V

10V

12V

14V

16V

18V

20V

22V

24V

4,0 A

6,8

4,0

2,9

2,2

1,8

1,5

1,3

1,2

1,0

0,9

5,0 A

10,4

5,5

3,8

2,9

2,4

2,0

1,7

1,5

1,3

1,2

6,0 A

16,8

7,3

4,9

3,7

2,9

2,5

2,1

1,8

1,6

1,5

7,0 A

9,9

6,1

4,5

3,6

3,0

2,5

2,2

2,0

1,8

8,0 A

13,7

7,6

5,4

4,2

3,5

3,0

2,6

2,3

2,0

9,3

6,4

4,9

4,0

3,4

2,9

2,6

2,3

9,0 A

Dwell Time = f (Ubatt)
18,0
16,0

dwell time / ms

14,0

6V

12,0

8V
10V
12V

10,0
8,0

14V
16V

6,0

18V
24V

4,0
2,0
0,0
3,5

4,5

5,5

6,5

7,5

8,5

9,5

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary
4A

5A

6A

7A

8A

Spark Energy [mJ]29,8Spark Duration [ms]1,07

Spark Current [mA]
High Voltage [kV]

9A

44,2

60

79,5

98,9

118

1,3

1,48

1,65

1,81

1,93

0,06

0,07

0,08

0,095

0,11

0,125

24,9

28,6

30,7

30,9

31

31

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)
2
ms

110

1,8
mJ

100

1,6

90

1,4

80

1,2

70

1

60

0,8

50

0,6

40

0,4

kV

30

mA

20

0,2

Spark Current / mA
Spark Duration / ms

Spark energy / mJ & Provided High
Voltage / kV

120

Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ]
High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ]
Spark Current
Spark Duration

0
3,5

4,5

5,5

6,5

7,5

8,5

9,5

I primary / A

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

89Connectors and Cables
Connector

Application Hint
Bosch Compact

Connector loom

D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1

ECUIgnition Driver StagePin 2

ECUGndPin 3EngineGnd

Pin 4

Ubatt

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.

During mounting of the spark plug please pay
attention that full clamping and proper contacts are
made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
This coil has an integrated power stage, only use
with engine control units with 10 to 20 mA current
output driver.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please only use within specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Coil P100-T

90

motorsport@bosch.com

0 221 604 006

Injection & Ignition

Single Fire Coil M
This coil is the first ignition coil developed
and designed specifically for motorsports
use. Compared to a production based coil,
the single fire coil M can operate in higher
temperature and vibration environments.
An additional advantage of this coil is theability to vary the length of the spark plugconnector to customer requirements.
This coil is also available as double fire
coil and in a DR-25 sleeve with multiple
connector options.
Please note this coil is non-transistorized
and must be used with an ECU that has
integrated power-stages.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

LengthPrimary current≤ 10 A

WeightOperating temperature range @ outer core
-20 … 160 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration-40 … 100 °C

Characteristic

Primary resistance with cable

500 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 4,0 kV/μs

Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 170 mA

Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 0,53 ms
without
Yes

Integrated power stage

No

Ionic current signal

No

14 May. 09

Measured with power stage
IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)≤ 33 kV

Spark current

Suppression diode / EFU

180 g
pluggable / pressed≤ 800 m/s2 @ 5 … 250 Hz

Electrical Data

Noise suppression

Mounting

168 mmmotorsport@bosch.com

91

Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary

Ubatt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

18 V

24 V

27 V

30 V

6,0 A

3,45

2,05

1,47

1,14

0,93

0,79

0,68

0,48

0,42

0,37

7,0 A

4,66

2,48

1,73

1,33

1,09

0,91

0,78

0,55

0,48

0,43

8,0 A

7,00

2,96

2,00

1,52

1,23

1,03

0,88

0,62

0,54

0,48

9,0 A

3,52

2,27

1,71

1,37

1,14

0,98

0,68

0,60

0,53

10,0 A

4,20

2,54

1,87

1,50

1,24

1,05

0,74

0,64

0,57

3,13

2,19

1,72

1,41

1,19

0,83

0,72

0,63

12,0 A

Dwell Time = f (Ubatt)
8,00

dwell time / ms

7,00
6,00

6V

5,00

8V
10V

4,00

12V
14V
16V
24V
30V

3,00
2,00
1,00
0,00
5,0

6,0

7,0

8,0

9,0

10,0

11,0

12,0

13,0

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary
6A

7A

8A

9A

10 A

12 A

Spark energy [mJ]

18,8

23,7

28,6

33,4

37,6

44,6

Spark duration [ms]

400

450

480

510

530

560

Spark current [mA]

100

120

135

150

170

190

High voltage [kV]

25,4

29

31,6

34

36

39

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)
700
mJ

45

600

µs

40

500
kV

35

400

30

300

25

mA

20
15
7

9

11

I primary / A

92

200

Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ]
High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ]

100

Spark Current
Spark Duration

05

motorsport@bosch.com

13

Spark Current / mA
Spark Duration / µs

Spark energy / mJ & Provided High
Voltage / kV

50

Injection & Ignition

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

on request

Connector loom

on request

Pin 1

Ubatt red

Pin 2

ECUIgnition Driver Stage white

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.
Cable length

15 … 100 cm

Please specify the requested cable length and thelength of the spark plug connector with your order.

During mounting of the spark plug please pay
attention that full clamping and proper contacts are
made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units
having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT
IRG4BC40S or BIP118.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Coil M

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 182

93

Single Fire Coil PS / PS-T
These pencil coils are a basic low cost
concept designed
installation.

forcylinderhead

The PS coil has no integrated power stage
and is developed for use with ECUs thathave integrated ignition transistors.
The PS-T has an integrated transistor for
use with ECUs that have ignition powerstages with 10 mA to 20 mA current
output.
The coils are only designed for spark plug
shaft mounting. It is a basic concept for
ignition applications.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 42 mJ

Diameter

22 mm

Primary current≤ 7,5 A

Weight[1] 189 g[2] 202 g

Operating temperature range outer core
-20 … 140 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

Mountingscrew fastening-40 … 100 °C≤ 800 m/s2 @ 5 … 2500 Hz

Electrical Data

Characteristic

Primary resistance with cable[1] 570 mΩ
[2] incapable of measurement

Measured with power stage[1] IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600V)
respectively BIP372[2] BIP 355

Secondary resistanceincapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 1,5 kV/μs

Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF[1] ≤ 30 kV[2] ≤ 27 kV

Spark current≤ 80 mA

Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1,1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU
Integrated power stage
Ionic current signal

94

Yes[1] No[2] YesNo

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary

Ubatt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

18 V

20 V

22 V

24 V

4,0 A

2,90

1,83

1,33

1,05

0,86

0,73

0,64

0,56

0,50

0,46

5,0 A

4,20

2,45

1,74

1,35

1,11

0,93

0,82

0,71

0,64

0,58

6,0 A

6,30

3,17

2,18

1,68

1,35

1,14

0,98

0,86

0,77

0,70

7,0 A

14,40

4,10

2,68

2,02

1,62

1,35

1,16

1,02

0,91

0,82

8,0 A

5,10

3,16

2,33

1,85

1,54

1,32

1,15

1,02

0,92

9,0 A

6,20

3,49

2,53

1,99

1,65

1,41

1,23

1,09

0,98

dwell time = f (Ubatt)
16,00
14,00
12,00
dwell time / ms

6V
10,00

8V
10V

8,00

12V
14V

6,00

16V
24V

4,00
2,00
0,00
3,5

4,5

5,5

6,5

7,5

8,5

9,5

I primary / A

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary
4A

5A

6A

7A

8A

9A

Spark energy [mJ]

15

22,8

30,2

38,2

47,9

52,9

Spark duration [ms]

0,65

0,793

0,904

1,01

1,101

1,13

Spark current [mA]

46

62

73

84

96

100

High voltage [kV]

15,6

19,3

22,7

26

28,8

30,2

Spark energy / mJ, Spark Current / mA
& Provided High Voltage / kV

100

2
mA

90

1,8

80

1,6

70

1,4
ms

60

1,2

50

1
mJ

40

0,8

30
kV

20

Spark Duration / ms

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)

10

0,6

Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ]

0,4

Spark Current
Spark Duration0,20Voltage Offering [@ 10pF||1MΩ]

0
3,5

4,5

5,5

6,5

7,5

8,5

9,5

I primary / A

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

95Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector[1] AMP C-O-28 44 25[2] Bosch Compact

Connector loom

[1] D 261 205 350-01[2] D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1[1] Gnd[2] ECU Imp

Pin 2[1] ECU collector[2] ECU Gnd

Pin 3[1] Ubatt[2] Engine Gnd

Pin 4[1] n.a.
[2] Ubatt

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.

During mounting of the spark plug please pay
attention that full clamping and proper contacts are
made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
The coil PS is only for use with engine control units
having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT
IRG4BC40S.
The coil PS-T is only for use with engine control
units having current output drivers with 10 to 20
mA, e.g. MS 4.x or MS 4.x Sport.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Coil PS [1]0 221 504 460

Coil PS-T [2]0 221 604 103

Coil PS

96

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition
Coil PS-T

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

97

Single Fire Coil S22 / S22-T
This single fire coil was developed for theuse in high performance engines. It is
designed to mount directly on the spark
plug.
This coil optionally provides an ioniccurrent measurement and an integrated
ignition power stage. The design of theupper part (cable side) and the lower part(spark plug side) can be designed per
customer specification.
The

main

benefits

of

this

high

performance coil are its robustness in
hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 60 mJ

Diameter

22 mm

Primary current≤ 16 A

Weight

150 g

Operating temperature range @ outer core[1] 0 … 160 °C[2] 0 … 150 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

Mounting

pluggable / pressed-40 ... 100 °C≤ 800 m/s2 @ 5 … 2500 Hz

Electrical Data

Characteristic Data

Primary resistance with cable[1] 330 mΩ
[2] incapable of measurement

Measured with power stage[1] IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600V)[2] IGBT IRF5036S (Uce = 400V)

Secondary resistanceincapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5,0 kV/μs

Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 25 kV

Spark current≤ 300 mA

Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 0,43 ms

Noise suppression

inductive

Suppressor diode / EFU

YesIntegrated power stage[1] No[2] Yes

Ionic current signal

optional

98

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary

Ubatt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

20 V

24 V

8,0 A

1,76

1,10

0,80

0,62

0,51

0,44

0,34

0,27

10,0 A

2,61

1,49

1,08

0,83

0,68

0,53

0,44

0,35

12,0 A

4,61

1,99

1,37

1,04

0,84

0,70

0,53

0,43

14,0 A

2,70

1,71

1,27

1,01

0,84

0,63

0,50

15,0 A

3,12

1,91

1,40

1,10

0,91

0,68

0,54

16,0 A

3,74

2,12

1,52

1,19

0,99

0,73

0,58

dwell time = f (Ubatt)
5,00
4,50

dwell time / ms

4,00
3,50

6V

3,00

8V
10V

2,50

12V
14V

2,00

16V
24V

1,50
1,00
0,50
0,00
7,0

8,0

9,0

10,0

11,0

12,0

13,0

14,0

15,0

16,0

17,0

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary
8A

10 A

12 A

14 A

15 A

Spark Energy [mJ]

18,1

28,3

39

50,8

58

16 A
64

Spark Duration [μs]

251

305

353

394

415

430

Spark Current [mA]

150

185

225

260

280

300

High Voltage [kV]

21,1

22,7

23,6

24,6

24,9

25,2

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)
600
mJ

60

550

55

500

50

450
µs

Spark Current / mA
Spark Duration / µs

Spark energy / mJ & Provided High
Voltage / kV

65

45

400

40

350

35

300

30

250

Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ]

25

200

20

150

Spark Current
Spark Duration

15

High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ]

100
7

9

11

13

15

17

I primary / A

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

99

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

on request

Connector Loomon request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2[1] ECU collector white[2] ECU Imp yellow

Pin 3[1] Engine GND black[2] ECU GND bluePin 4[1] optional ionic current signal screen cable white[2] Engine GND blackPin 5[1] n.a.
[2] optional ionic current signal screen cable white
Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
Cable Size

AWG 20/22

Cable Length

max. 100 cm

Please specify your requested cable length withyour order.

100

During mounting of the spark plug please pay
attention that full clamping and proper contacts are
made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
For coils without "-T", please only use with engine
control units with an integrated ignition powerstage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.
For coils with "-T", please only use with engine
control units without integrated power stages.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Operation with limit values of 16 A can reduce thelife time of the ignition coil. In case of permanent
operation please use 12 A. This will bring a sparkenergy of 40 mJ.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Coil S22 [1]

0 221 B00 115 01

Coil S22-T [2]0 221 B00 116 01

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Single Fire Coil S19 / S19-T
This single fire coil was developed for theuseinFormula1highperformanceengines. It is designed to mount directlyon the spark plug.
This coil optionally provides an ioniccurrent measurement and/or an integrated
ignition power stage. The design of theupper part (cable side) and the lower part(spark plug side) can be designed per
customer specification.
The

main

benefits

of

this

high

performance coil are its robustness in
hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 34 mJ

DiameterPrimary current≤ 25 A

WeightOperating temperature range @ outer core[1] 0 … 160 °C[2] 0 … 140 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

Mounting

18,5 mm
100 g
pluggable / pressed-40 … 100 °C≤ 800 m/s2 @ 5 … 2500 Hz

Electrical Data

Characteristic

Primary resistance with cable[1] 200 mΩ[2] Incapable of measurement

Measured with power stage[1] IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)[2] IGBT IRF5036S (Uce = 400 V)

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time[1] ≤ 7,5 kV/μs[2] ≤ 6,5 kV/μs

Provided high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF[1] ≤ 33 kV[2] ≤ 31 kV

Spark current≤ 320 mA

Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 0,27 ms

Noise suppression

inductive

Suppressor diode / EFU

YesIntegrated power stage[1] No[2] Yes

Ionic current signal

optional

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

101Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary

U batt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

24 V

27 V

30 V

12,0 A

0,7

0,390

0,278

0,216

0,176

0,148

0,084

0,077

0,068

16,0 A

1,4

0,613

0,411

0,310

0,250

0,208

0,119

0,107

0,094

20,0 A

0,980

0,586

0,426

0,335

0,276

0,157

0,139

0,122

22,0 A

1,300

0,695

0,491

0,382

0,313

0,175

0,155

0,136

0,910

0,606

0,460

0,371

0,208

0,180

0,157

25,0 A

Dwell Time = f (Ubatt)
1,6
1,4
1,2
dwell time / ms

6V
8V

1,0

10V
0,8

12V
14V

0,6

16V
24V

0,4
0,2
0,0
11,0

13,0

15,0

17,0

19,0

21,0

23,0

25,0

27,0

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary
12 A

16 A

20 A

22 A

25 A

Spark energy [mJ]

9

15,2

22,8

27,2

34,2

Spark duration [μs]

120

154

186

200

221
320

Spark current [mA]

150

200

250

275

High voltage [kV]

15,1

19,6

24

26

29

High voltage [kV]

17,5

22,8

27,8

30

33,4

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)
400

mJ
kV

30

350
mA

25

300

20

250
µs

15

200

10

150

5

100
11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

I primary / A

102

Spark Current / mA
Spark Duration / µs

Spark energy / mJ & Provided High
Voltage / kV

35

motorsport@bosch.com

27

Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ]
High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ]
Spark Current
Spark Duration

Injection & Ignition

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

on request

Connector loom

on request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2[1] ECU collector white[2] ECU Imp yellow

Pin 3[1] Engine GND black[1] ECU GND bluePin 4[1] optional ionic current signal screen cable white[2] Engine GND blackPin 5[1] n.a.
[2] optional ionic current signal screen cable white
Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.

During mounting of the spark plug please pay
attention that full clamping and proper contacts are
made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
For coils without "-T", please only use with engine
control units with an integrated ignition powerstage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.
For coils with "-T", please only use with engine
control units without integrated power stages.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Cable size

AWG 20/22

Part Number

Cable length

max. 100 cm

Single Fire Coil S19 [1]0 221 B00 113 01

Single Fire Coil S19-T [2]0 221 B00 114 01

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

103

Single Fire Coil S16 / S16-T
This

single

fire

coil

was

exclusively

developed for the use in Formula 1 highperformance engines. It is designed tomount directly on the spark plug.
This coil optionally provides an ioniccurrent measurement and/or an integrated
ignition power stage.
The design of the upper part (cable side)and the lower part (spark plug side) canbe designed per customer specification.
The

main

benefits

of

this

high

performance coil are its robustness in
hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.
Application

Mechanical Data

Spark energy≤ 28 mJ

Primary current≤ 25 A

Operating temperature range @ outer core[1] 0 … 160 °C[2] 0 …140 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

Diameter
Weight w/o cable
Mounting

16 mm
50 g
pluggable / pressed-40 … 100 °C@ 5 … 2500 Hz

Electrical Data

Characteristic

Primary resistance with cable[1] 230 mΩ[2] Incapable of measurement

Measured with power stage[1] IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)[2] IGBT IRF5036S (Uce = 400 V)

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time[1] ≤ 9 kV/μs[2] ≤ 8 kV/μs

Provided high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF
Spark current
Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩNoise suppression[1] ≤ 31 kV[2] ≤ 30 kV≤ 460 mA
≤ 0,113 ms
inductive

Suppressor diode / EFU

YesIntegrated power stage[1] No[2] Yes

Ionic current signal

optional

104

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]I primary

U batt
6V

8V

10 V

12 V

14 V

16 V

18 V

20 V

24 V

0,62

0,307

0,209

0,158

0,127

0,105

0,09

0,078

0,062

15,0 A

0,469

0,291

0,214

0,169

0,14

0,118

0,103

0,081

18,0 A

0,786

0,401

0,28

0,217

0,177

0,15

0,129

0,101

0,509

0,335

0,256

0,206

0,172

0,148

0,115

25,0 A

0,529

0,369

0,285

0,234

0,199

0,153

30,0 A

1,4

0,548

0,39

0,309

0,258

0,194

12,0 A

20,0 A

Dwell Time = f (Ubatt)0,90,8dwell time / ms

0,7

6V
8V

0,6

10 V

0,5

12 V

0,4

14 V
16 V
18 V

0,3

20 V
24 V

0,2
0,1
0
10,0

12,0

14,0

16,0

18,0

20,0

22,0

24,0

26,0

28,0

30,0

32,0

I primary / A

Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary
12 A

15 A

18 A

20 A

25 A

30 A

Spark Energy [mJ]

6,1

9,5

13,5

17

26

36

Spark Duration [μs]

59

72

84

92

110

130

Spark Current [mA]

210

270

325

365

460

550

High Voltage [kV]

16,3

20

23,8

25,9

31,2

35

Spark energy / mJ & Provided High
Voltage / kV

40

750
700
650
600
550
500
450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50

mJ

35

kV

30
mA

25
20
15
10
µs

5
10

15

20

25

30

Spark Current / mA
Spark Duration / µs

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)

Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ]
High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ]
Spark Current
Spark Duration

35

I primary / A

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

105Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

on request

Connector loom

on request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2[1] ECU collector white[2] ECU imp yellow

Pin 3[1] Engine GND black[2] ECU GND bluePin 4[1] optional ionic current signal screen cable white[2] Engine GND blackPin 5[1] n.a.
[2] optional ionic current signal screen cable white
Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.
Cable size

AWG 20/22

Cable length

max. 100 cm

During mounting of the spark plug please pay
attention that full clamping and proper contacts are
made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
For coils without "-T", please only use with engine
control units with an integrated ignition powerstage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.
For coils with "-T", please only use with engine
control units without integrated power stages.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may
vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Part Number
Single Fire Coil S16 [1]Single Fire Coil S16-T [2]106motorsport@bosch.com

0 221 B00 111 01
on request

Injection & Ignition

Spark Plugs
Spark Plugs
The engines of competition vehicles are exposed to high thermal stress because of runningthem at full load most of the time.
Spark plugs for this operating conditions often have precious metal center electrodes(platinum, silver) and a short insulator base. This causes a very small heat absorption anda good heat derivation through the center electrode.
Corresponding to the various field of operations we manufacture over 1400 different typesof spark plugs in production. You can get these standard spark plugs from your local
Bosch-service and most spare parts dealers. The range of products includes versions withvarious seats and threads, thread lengths and electrode positions, the design parts air-gap,
surface-gap and surface-air-gap types. You can choose between versions with one to four
ground electrodes, the center electrode can be made from various materials.
Moreover we offer special versions and small batches which you should not hesitate askingfor.

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

107Starters & Alternators

108

motorsport@bosch.com

Starters & Alternators

Starters
Starter 1.4 kW
This starter is specially constructed for
motorsport demand. It is a pre-engaged
drive starter, we offer it in clockwise andcounter-clockwise version.
Further special versions on request.

Mechanical Data
WeightRevolutions
Modul

Electrical Data
3,200 g3,600 x 1/min
2/11

Performance

1.4 kW

Part Number
Starter 1.4 kW

on request

Conditions for Use
Max. temperature
Vibration

14 May. 09

150 °Chigh protection

motorsport@bosch.com

109

Starter 1.7 kWThis starter is specially constructed for
motorsport demand. It is a pre-engaged
drive starter, we offer it in clockwise andcounter-clockwise version.
Further special versions on request.

Mechanical Data
WeightRevolutions

Electrical Data
3,700 g3,600 x 1/min

Transmission ratio

i 5.0

Modul

2/11

Performance

Part Number
Starter 1.7 kW

Conditions for Use
Max. temperature
Vibration110

1.7 kW

150 °Chigh protection

motorsport@bosch.com

on request

Starters & Alternators

Starter 2.0 kW
This starter is specially constructed for
motorsport demand. It is a pre-engaged
drive starter, we offer it in clockwise andcounter-clockwise version.
Further special versions on request.

Mechanical Data
WeightRevolutions

Electrical Data
4,050 g4,700 x 1/min

Transmission ratio

i 5.0

Modul

2/11

Performance

2.0 kW

Part Number
Starter 2.0 kW

on request

Conditions for Use
Max. temperature
Vibration

14 May. 09

150 °Chigh protection

motorsport@bosch.com

111

Alternators
Alternator GCM1
110/130/140 A/140 A Nascar
This alternator is modified for motorsportdemand and splash protected. The stator
windings are handmade; the rotor is extra
fine balanced. The alternators are e.g.
used

in

Nascar.

Clockwiseandanticlockwise versions are possible,
modifications are available on request.

Mechanical Data
Case material
WeightCurrent regulator unit
Max. rotations

Electrical Dataaluminium

Rated current

3,400 gSupply voltage

integrated

Cut-in speed

18,000 x 1/min

110/130/140 A
13.5 V
3,000 x 1/min

Coupling

Diameter

108 mmBattery B+

Length without shaft stub

128 mmControl lamp D+

Distance between mounting points

154 mmInternal D+ resistor

screwsM6
flat-pin connector, see drawing

Application Hint

Conditions for Use

An external cooling can contribute to increase theperformance. It will only be effective if the incoming
air is 30 °Kelvin cooler than the ambient air.
Otherwise, the restriction of the air flow will negate
any cooling benefits. If these conditions are met,
the cooling air should be distributed over the center
axis at the rear of the alternator for optimal cooling.
For the cooling air to be effective we must be surethat we do not encounter any vacuum effects. If
there is a vacuum effect present the use of external
blower fan will be required. Care should be takenthat no excessive external contaminants are
introduced into the cooling air stream. This could
severely short the alternator service life. It would be
prudent to perform comparative measurements on
the alternator to determine the effectiveness of theexternal cooling air.

Temperature range
Vibration

only GCM1 140 A Nascar-30 … 90 °C
high protection

Installation without rubber mounting

Part Numbers
110 A
Anticlockwise rotation

B 261 208 606-02

Clockwise rotation

B 261 208 607-02

130 A
Anticlockwise rotation

B 261 208 604-02

Clockwise rotation

B 261 208 605-02

140 A
Anticlockwise rotation

F 01E B01 857-02

Clockwise rotation

B 261 208 603-02

140 A Nascar
Clockwise rotation

112

motorsport@bosch.com

F 02U V00 004-05

Starters & Alternators

Characteristic 110 A
IG (A) at
90 °C
0

2500

13

160

3000

37

140

3500

54

120

4000

65

100

5000

78

6000

88

60

7000

96

40

8000

102

9000

105

10000

108

12000

113

15000

117

18000

120

I in A

2000

Regulator MR4 and rectifier

80
IG

20

18500

17500

16500

15500

14500

13500

12500

11500

10500

9500

8500

7500

6500

5500

4500

3500

1500

0
2500

Rpm

speed n in 1/min

Characteristic 130 A
Rpm

IG (A) at
90 °C

2000

0

2500

6

160

3000

32

140

3500

51

4000

63

5000

80

6000

90

7000

98

8000

105

9000

111

10000

116

12000

121

15000

127

18000

131

14 May. 09

Regulator MR4 and rectifier

120

80
IG

60
40
20

18500

17500

16500

15500

14500

13500

12500

11500

10500

9500

8500

7500

6500

5500

4500

3500

2500

0
1500

I [A]

100

Speed n in 1/min

motorsport@bosch.com

113

Characteristic 140 A /Nascar
Rpm

IG (A) at
90 °C

2000

0

2500

0

160

3000

1

140

3500

25

120

4000

49

5000

83

6000

101

7000

113

8000

122

40

9000

129

20

10000

135

12000

144

15000

151

18000

156

100
80
60

speed n in 1/min

motorsport@bosch.com

18500

17500

16500

15500

14500

13500

12500

11500

10500

9500

8500

7500

6500

5500

4500

3500

0

Design 110/130/140 A

114

UG
TU

GCM1 14 V 140 A 2 Ohm MR4 regulator stator 5406-1

2500

A / Ug / MD / Tu.

IGMDStarters & Alternators

Design 140 A Nascar

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

115

Sensors

116

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Absolute Position Sensor
Absolute Position Sensor APS-C
This sensor is designed to measure theangular position of a still standing or
rotating shaft.
The device uses Hall sensor technology todetectthemagnetic

flux

density

distribution of a magnet which is mounted
on the shaft. The absolute angle position
value from the sensor is transmitted over
CAN through a control unit. The sensor
can be calibrated and configured with
Hard- and Software tools.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of a contact
lessmeasuringsystemtemperature range
connector.

in

a

wide

with military spec

Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 360 °Fixation

3 x M5Angle reference typeabsolute

SealingO-ringMeasuring principle

Hall-effectWeight w/o wire

39 g

Operating temperature range-40 … 120 °C

Size w/o wire

Storage temperature range-40 … 120 °C

Max. vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Communication link
Application tool

CAN
EM-C or RaceCon

Electrical Data
Power supply US(6.5 V) 10 … 17 V

see Dimensions

Characteristic
Signal output

CAN

CAN Baudrate

1 Mbaud

26 V

CAN refresh rate

700 HzCurrent IS

70 mA

Signal resolution

0.703152 °14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

Max. power supply

117

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

ASU 6-03-05PB-HE

Mating connector

ASU 0-03-05SB-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

CAN+

Pin 4

CAN-

Pin 5

Calibration Pin

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length

15 … 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.

Accessories
Magnet for APS-C

F02U 002 465-01

The sensor is designed to measure the absolute
angle of the camshaft for quick start application.
The unit can be connected to any CAN system(1 MBaud).
The unit is secure from miss-pinning.
Before the first operation, the sensor has to becalibrated.
To meet the specifications and to avoid errors, thedistance between sensor and the magnet has to beless than 2 mm.
To avoid measurement errors, the eccentricity
between sensor and magnet has to be as small as
possible (< 0,3 mm).
To change the CAN-ID of the sensor, it can be
programmed by the external CAN module EM-C.
The angle position value can be set to zero via theexternal CAN module EM-C or by using thecalibration pin.
Please note that for a correct functionality of thesensor a magnet with a material remanence of 1.03
Tesla is needed (not included, available on
request).
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
APS-C

118

motorsport@bosch.com

F 02U V00 086-01

Sensors

Acceleration Sensor
Accelerometer AM 600-2, AM 600-3This sensor is designed to measure thephysical effects of lateral acceleration in
two/three

axes

(e.g.

for

analysisofacceleration and deceleration behaviour ofrace cars).
In order to achieve this, the sensor
features two/three measuring elements
for acceleration, in two/three integrated
circuits. The sensing element consists of a
micro

machined

sensor

chip

and

an

evaluation ASIC – allowing for highprecision measurement applications.
The

main

benefits

of

this

high

performance coil are its robustness in
hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.

Application

Mechanical Data

Application
Max. vibration[1] x, y ±4,5 g[2] x, y, z ±4,5 g
5000 m/s2 in operation

Storage temperature range-55 … 105 °C

Operating temperature range-40 … 85 °C

Electrical Data

Weight w/o cableSize[1] 24 x 27 x 13,5 mm[2] 24 x 27 x 29,8 mm

Mounting

2 x M3Tightening torque2 NmCharacteristic

Power supply

5V

Sensitivity

Power supply max.

6V

OffsetFull scale output[1] 30 g[2] 50 g

2,5 = 0 g; 440 mV/g

440 mV/g
2500 mV @ 0 g

Tolerance of sensitivity±3 %Non-linearity of sensitivity±2 %Supply current

7 mA

Supply current max.

12 mA

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

119Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

[1] Sigx[2] Sigy

Pin 4[1] Sigy[2] Sigx

Pin 5[1] Scr[2] Sigz

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.
SleeveCable size
Cable length

DR-25

The AM 600 can be connected directly to mostcontrol units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixedhole.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers[1] AM 600-2

B 261 209 311-01[2] AM 600-3

B 261 209 313-01

AWG 24
15 … 100 cm

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

120

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Gear Shift Sensors
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2
This sensor is designed to measure force
relative to gear shifting in order to control
the engine operation allowing the driver tomaintain no-lift-shift/full throttle during
shifting (up and down).
A circuit of precise resistors and an
integrated

amplifiersupplyaforce

dependent output voltage signal. As soon
as this signal exceeds a certain thresholdvalue in the ECU, the ignition and injection
can be adjusted automatically according
to the individual ECU application.

Application

sensor is the combination of high quality
production part and robust design withmetal

housingandmotorsport

spec

connection. Furthermore this sensor has adual way functionality.
Mechanical Data

Application-450 … 450 N

Operating Temperature Range

0 … 80 °C

Max. Vibration (stochastic peak level)
800 m/s2 @ 5 Hz … 2 kHz

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

12 V

Characteristic

Weight w/o cable

90 g

Size

65 x 16 x 16 mm

Mounting

2 x M10x1

Tightening Torque22 Nm

Mech. Range programmable up to

450 N

Fmax

800 N

Mech. load limit

1800 NMax. cycles @ 300 N

Signal Output

300 000 cycles

0,5 … 4,5 V

Zero Output

2,5 V

Voltage [V]

5

450

4,673

4,5

360

4,225

4

270

3,797

3,5

180

3,397

90

2,941

0

2,538

-90

2,141

-180

1,672

-270

1,255

-360

0,820

-450

0,402

Sensor voltage [V]Force [N]14 May. 09

The main feature and benefit of this

3
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,5
0
-600

-400

-200

0

200

400

600

Force [N]motorsport@bosch.com

121Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

The GSS-2 can be connected directly to mostcontrol units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

For mounting please use only the integrated thread.

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
SleeveCable Size
Cable Length L

DR-25

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2

AWG 24
15 … 100 cm

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

122

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 227

Sensors

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M
This sensor is specifically designed for theuse with motorcycle applications. The
sensor measures the relative force during
gear shifting directly relaying data to the
ECU in order to gain max power fromrapid up or down shifting.
Anelectronic

circuitcomposedofaprecise strain gauge and an integrated
amplifiersuppliesaforce-dependent

output signal. As soon as this signal
exceeds a certain threshold, the ignition
andinjection

canbeadjusted

automatically according to the individual
ECU application. The carbon fibre housing
achieves

excellentprotection

for

the

electronics and reduces the overall weightof the sensor.
The main features and benefits of thissensor

are

its

small

dimensions,its

minimal weight, its precise temperaturecompensation and its combination of highquality production and robust design witha motorsport spec connector.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application-1,000 … +1,000 N

Operating temperature range

0 … 80 °C

Max. vibration (stochastic peak level)
800 m/s2 @ 5 Hz … 2 kHz

Electrical Data
Power supply

12 V

WeightSize

30 g
51 x 36 x 16 mm

Mounting

2 x M6Tightening torque

22 Nm

Fmax

± 1,000 N

Mech. load limit± 3,000 N

Characteristic
Signal output
Zero output

14 May. 09

0.2 … 4.8 V(20 … 70 °C) 2.5 V ±100 mV

motorsport@bosch.com

123Connectors

Application Hint

Connector

ASU 0-03-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASU 6-03-05SN-HE

The GSS-M can be connected directly to mostcontrol units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

For mounting please use only the integrated thread.

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.

Pin 5

Scr

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M

124

motorsport@bosch.com

F 02U V00 354-01

Sensors

Knock Sensors
Knock Sensor KS-PThis

sensor

is

used

for

detectingstructural born vibrations in spark ignitionengines due to uncontrolled combustion.
This sensor is suitable for operation in
extreme conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, thesensor moves in correlation to the engine
block vibration; this motion results in acompressive force which is converted intoa voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor
element. As a result, upper and lower
voltage thresholds can be defined directly
correlating to an acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its
robustmechanicaldesign,compact

housing and precise determination of
structure-related

noise.

The

small

packaging is accomplished by integrating
the connector directly to the sensor.
Application
Application

Mechanical Data
1 … 20 kHz

Male thread (for cast)

M8x25

Operating temperature range-40 … 130 °C

Male thread (for Al)

M8x30

Storage temperature range

0 … 100 °C

Installation torque20 ± 5 Nm

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

Weight w/o cable

48 g

Protection

IP 54

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

125

Electrical Data

Connectors and Cables

Range of frequency

1 … 20 kHz

Connector

Y 280 A62 566A

Sensitivity @ 5 kHz

26 ± 8 mV/g

Connector loom

D 261 205 337

Max. sensivity changing(life time)

-17 %

Pin 1

Sig +

Pin 2

Sig -

Linearity between 5 … 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 … 20 %

Pin 3

Scr

Linearity between 15 … 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 … 50 %Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.

Main resonance frequency> 25 kHz

Impedance> 1 MΩ

Temperature dependenceof sensitivity-0,06 mV/g °C

Capacity field

800 … 1400 pF

Application Hint

Part Number

The KS-P sensor can be connected to all Bosch
Motorsport ECUs featuring knock control.

Knock Sensor KS-P

The sensor must rest directly on the brass
compression sleeve during operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor tothe measurement location, the contact surface must
be clean and properly machined to provide a secure
flush mounting.
The sensor cable is to be routed such that noresonance vibration can occur.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

126

motorsport@bosch.com

0 261 231 120

Sensors

Knock Sensor KS-R
This

sensor

is

used

for

detectingstructural born vibrations in spark ignitionengines due to uncontrolled combustion.
This sensor is suitable for operation in
extreme conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, thesensor moves in correlation to the engine
block vibration; this motion results in acompressive force which is converted intoa voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor
element. As a result, upper and lower
voltage thresholds can be defined directly
correlating to an acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its
robustmechanicaldesign,compact

housing and precise determination of
structure-related noise. Connection to thissensorcanbetailoredtocustomerrequirements through specified cable
lengths and various connector options.
Application
Application

Mechanical Data
1 … 20 kHz

Male thread (for cast)M8 x 25

Operating temperature range-40 … 130 °C

Male thread (for Al)

M8 x 30

Storage temperature range

0 … 100 °C

Installation torque20 ± 5 Nm

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

Weight w/o cable

82 gProtection

IP 54

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

127

Electrical Data

Connectors and Cables

Range of frequency

1 … 20 kHz

Connector

A 261 230 076

Sensitivity @ 5 kHz

26 ± 8 mV/g

Connector loom

D 261 205 289

Max. sensivity changing(life time)

-17 %

Pin 1

Sig +

Pin 2

Sig -

Linearity between 5 … 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 … 20 %

Pin 3

Scr

Linearity between 15 … 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 … 50 %Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.

Main resonance frequency> 25 kHz

Impedance> 1 MΩ

Temperature dependenceof sensitivity-0,06 mV/g °C

Capacity field

800 … 1400 pF

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

AWG 2450 cm

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Application Hint

Part Number

The KS-R sensor can be connected to all Bosch
Motorsport ECU featuring knock control.

Knock Sensor KS-R

The sensor must rest directly on the brass
compression sleeve during operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor tothe measurement location, the contact surface must
be clean and properly machined to provide a secure
flush mounting.
The sensor cable is to be routed such that noresonance vibration can occur.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

128

Elastomer

motorsport@bosch.com

0 261 231 047

Sensors

Lambda Sensors
Lambda Sensor LSM 11
This sensor is designed to measure theoxygen content and Lambda value of
exhaust gases in automotive(gasoline or Diesel).

engines

The sensor's exhaust-gas produces a steptype sensor voltage profile in the areaaround λ = 1. Measurements are taken of
the residual oxygen content in the exhaustgas. The active sensor ceramic (ZrO2) isheated from inside by means of ceramic
Wolfram heater so that the temperature of
the sensor ceramic remains above thefunctional limit of 350 °C regardless of theexhaust-gas temperature.
The main benefit of the LSM is the highresolution signal in the area around λ = 1.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

Weight w/o cable

160 g

Gasoline/Diesel

Length86 mm

Exhaust gas temperature range (operating)
250 … 800 °C

Thread

M18x1.5

Exhaust gas temperature range (max.)

Tightening torqueFuel1.025 … 1.5 λ

930 °C

Wrench size

Hexagon temperature< 570 °C

Cable and protective sleeve temperature< 250 °C

Characteristic

Connector temperature< 120 °C

Signal output

Storage temperature range
Max. vibration (stochastic peak level)-40 … 100 °C
800 m/s2

Electrical Data

22 mm
50 … 60 Nm

Ip meas / Ua (AWS)

Accuracy @ λ = 1.7

1.70 ±0.05 %

UA
[mV]

Lambda[λ @ 400 °C]

Lambda[λ @ 650 °C]

60

1.030

1.035

Power supply H+ nominal

12 … 14 V

50

1.050

1.055

Heater power steady state

18 W

40

1.090

1.097

30

1.150

1.160

20

1.260

1.270

15

1.380

1.380

13

1.495

1.495

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

129Connectors and Cables
Connector

Application Hint
1 284 485 110-blackConnector II
Sleeve1 284 485 018
fiber glas / silicon coated

Cable size

AWG 24

Cable length L

250 cmThe LSM 11 can be connected to most Bosch
Motorsport ECUs.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point
which permits the measurement of a representative
exhaust-gas mixture and which does not exceed the
maximum permissible temperature.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.

Install at a point where the gas is as hot as
possible.

Other cable lengths are on request.

Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
Sensors should be installed as close to vertical as
possible (wire upwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust
pipe outlet, so that the influence of the outside air
can be ruled out.
The exhaust system upstand and surrounding thesensor must be sealed in order to avoid the effectsof leakage air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is supplied with reference air via theconnecting cables. The connectors must therefore
be clean and dry. The use of contact spray anticorrosion agents or the like is not permitted.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
LSM 11130

motorsport@bosch.com

0 258 104 002

Sensors

Lambda Sensor LSM 11-PM
This sensor is designed to measure theoxygen content and Lambda value of
exhaustgases

inautomotiveengines(gasoline or Diesel).
The catalytic effectsurface

at

producesaprofileintheof the electrodesensor's

step-type
the

area

exhaust-gas

sensoraroundvoltageλ=1.

Measurements are taken of the residual
oxygen content in the exhaust gas. The
active sensor ceramic (ZrO2) is heatedfrom inside by means of ceramic Wolfram
heater so that the temperature of thesensor ceramic remains above the 350 °C
function limit irrespective of the exhaustgas

temperature.

The

high

resolution

signal in the area around λ = 1 in
combination with a robust motorsport
connector is the main benefit of the LSM
11-PM.
Application
Application

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o cable

160 g

Gasoline/Diesel

Length86 mm

Exhaust gas temperature range (operating)
250 … 800 °C

Thread

M18x1.5

Exhaust gas temperature range (maximum)

Tightening torqueFuel1.025 … 1.5 lambda

930 °CHexagon temperature≤ 570 °C

Cable and protective sleeve temperature≤ 250 °C
Connector temperature
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration (stochastic peak level)≤ 120 °C

22 mm
50 … 60 Nm

Characteristic
Signal output

Ip meas / Ua (AWS)

Accuracy @ lambda = 1.7

1.70 ±0.05-40 … 100 °C

UA
[mV]

Lambda[λ @ 400 °C]

Lambda[λ @ 650°C]

800 m/s2

60

1.030

1.035

50

1.050

1.055

40

1.090

1.097

30

1.150

1.160

20

1.260

1.270

15

1.380

1.380

13

1.495

1.495

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

160 V

Heater power steady state

18 W

14 May. 09

Wrench size

motorsport@bosch.com

131Connectors and Cables
Connector
Connector loom
Pin 1

Application Hint
KPTC 6E8-4P-C-DN
KPTC 120062-55
Uh+

Pin 2

Uh-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

Sig-

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

Fiber glas / Silicone coated
AWG 2430 … 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

The LSM 11-PM can be connected to most Bosch
Motorsport ECUs.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point
which permits the measurement of a representative
exhaust-gas mixture, which does not exceed the
maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as
possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
Sensors should be installed as close to vertical as
possible (wire upwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust
pipe outlet, so that the influence of the outside air
can be ruled out.
The exhaust system upstand and surrounding thesensor must be sealed in order to avoid the effectsof leakage air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is supplied with reference air via theconnecting cables. The connectors must therefore
be clean and dry. The use of contact spray anticorrosion agents or the like is not permitted.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
LSM 11-PM

132

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 105-01

Sensors

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2
This sensor is designed to measure theoxygen content and Lambda value of
exhaustgases

inautomotiveengines(gasoline or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.2 is aplanar ZrO2 dual cell limiting current
sensor

with

integrated

heater.

Itsmonotonic output signal in the range of
λ = 0.65 to air makes the LSU capable ofbeing used as an universal sensor for λ = 1
measurement

as

well

as

for

other

Lambda ranges. The connector module
containsatrimming

resistor,

which

defines the characteristic of the sensor.
The LSU operates only in combination
with a special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch
Motorsport ECUs.
The main benefit of the LSU is the very
robust design combined with the highBosch production quality standard.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

Weight w/o cable

120 g

Gasoline/Diesel

Length84 mm

Exhaust gas temperature range (operating) 930 °C

Thread

M18x1.5

Exhaust gas temperature range (max.)

Wrench size

Fuel

0.65 λ … ∞< 1,030 °C

Hexagon temperature< 570 °C

Cable and protective sleeve temperature< 250 °C

Connector temperature< 120 °C

Storage temperature range
Max. vibration (stochastic peak level)-40 … 100 °C
1000 m/s2

Tightening torque

22 mm
40 … 60 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

9V

Heater power steady state

10 W

Heater control frequency> 2 HzNominal resistance of nernst cell80 ΩMax. current load for nernst cell10(DC)/250(AC) μA

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

133

Characteristic
Signal output

Application Hint
Ip meas / Ua (AWS)

Accuracy @ λ = 1

1.016 ±0.007

Accuracy @ λ = 0.8

0.80 ±0.01

Accuracy @ λ = 1.7

1.70 ±0.05

Connectors and Cables

The LSU 4.2 can be connected to most Bosch
Motorsport ECUs.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point
which permits the measurement of a representative
exhaust-gas mixture, which does not exceed the
maximum permissible temperature.

Connector

Y 928 K00 050

Install at a point where the gas is as hot as
possible.

Connector loom

D 261 205 138

Observe the maximum permissible temperature.

Pin 1

IP/APE

Pin 2

UN/RE

Pin 3

VM/IPN

Pin 4

Uh-/H-

Pin 5

Uh+/H

Pin 6

IA/RT

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

As far as possible install the sensor vertically (cableupwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust
pipe outlet, so that the influence of the outside air
can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must
be free of leaks in order to avoid the effects of leakair.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be
applied or any other forms of treatment. Use only
the recommended grease for lubricating the thread.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
LSU 4.2

134

motorsport@bosch.com

0 258 006 065

Sensors

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
This sensor is designed to measure theoxygen content and Lambda value of
exhaustgases

inautomotiveengines(gasoline or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.9 is aplanar ZrO2 dual cell limiting current
sensor

with

integrated

heater.

Itsmonotonic output signal in the range of
λ = 0.65 to air makes the LSU capable ofbeing used as an universal sensor for λ = 1
measurement as well as for other Lambda
ranges. The connector module contains a
trimming

resistor,

which

definesthecharacteristic of the sensor. The LSU
operates only in combination with a
specialLSU-IC,

used

in

most

Bosch

Motorsport ECUs and lambda control
boxes like LT4.
The main benefit of the LSU is the robust
design combined with the high Boschproduction quality standard.
Application
Application
Fuel
Exhaust gas pressure

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o cable

120 g

Gasoline/Diesel

0.65 λ … ∞Length84 mm< 4 barThread

M18x1.5

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930 °C

Wrench size
Tightening torque

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.)< 1,030 °C

Electrical Data

Hexagon temperature< 600 °C

Cable and protective sleeve
temperature< 250 °C

Connector temperature< 140 °C

Storage temperature range-40 … 100 °C

Max. vibration(stochastic peak level)< 1,000 m/s2

14 May. 09

22 mm
40 … 60 Nm

Power supply H+ nominal

7,5 V

System supply voltage H+ (min)10.8 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal resistance of nernst cell300 Ω

Max Current load for nernst cell

250 μA

motorsport@bosch.com

135

Connectors and Cables
Connector
Mating connector

Characteristic[1] 1 928 404 687[2] AS 6-07-35PN[1] D 261 205 356-01[2] AS 0-07-35SN

Pin 1

IP / APE

Pin 2

VM / IPN

Pin 3

Uh- / H-

Pin 4

Uh+ / H

Pin 5

IA / RT

Pin 6

UN / RE

Sleevefiber glas / silicone coated

Cable size

AWG 24

Cable length L

32.5 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Application Hint
The LSU 4.9 can be connected to most Bosch
Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units like LT4.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point
which permits the measurement of a representative
exhaust-gas mixture, which does not exceed the
maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as
possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (cableupwards).

Signal output

Ip meas / Ua (AWS)

Accuracy @ λ = 1

1.016 ±0.007

Accuracy @ λ = 0.8

0.80 ±0.01

Accuracy @ λ = 1.7

1.70 ±0.05

IP

UA [V]

Lambda [λ]-1.243

0.192

0.750

-0.927

0.525

0.800

-0.800

0.658

0.822

-0.652

0.814

0.850

-0.405

1.074

0.900

-0.183

1.307

0.950

-0.106

1.388

0.970

-0.040

1.458

0.990

0

1.500

1.003

0.015

1.515

1.010

0.097

1.602

1.050

0.193

1.703

1.100

0.250

1.763

1.132

0.329

1.846

1.179

0.671

2.206

1.429

0.938

2.487

1.701

1.150

2.710

1.990

1.385

2.958

2.434

1.700

3.289

3.413

2.000

3.605

5.391

2.150

3.762

7.506

2.250

3.868

10.119The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust
pipe outlet, so that the influence of the outside air
can be ruled out.

Part Number
LSU 4.9[1] 0 258 017 025

The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must
be free of leaks in order to avoid the effects of leakair.

LSU 4.9[2] B 261 209 358-02

Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be
applied or any other forms of treatment. Use only
the recommended grease for lubricating the thread.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

136

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9
This sensor is designed to measure theoxygen content and Lambda value of
exhaustgases

inautomotiveengineslambdasensor(gasoline or Diesel).
The

wide

band

Mini-LSU 4.9 is a planar ZrO2 dual cell
limiting current sensor with integrated
heater. Its monotonic output signal in therange of λ = 0.65 to air makes the
LSU capable of being used as an universal
sensor for λ = 1 measurement as well as
for other Lambda ranges. The connector
housing

containsatrimming

resistor,

which defines the characteristic of thesensor.

The

LSU

operates

onlyincombination with a special LSU-IC, used inmost Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda
control units like LT4.
The main benefit of the Mini-LSU 4.9 is itsvery compact design in combination withthe high quality Bosch production quality
standard.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0.65 … ∞ lambda

Weight w/o Cable

Fuel

Gasoline/Diesel

Length60 mm< 4 barThread

M16x1.5

Exhaust Gas Pressure
Exhaust Gas Temperature Range(operating)< 930 °C

28 g

Wrench Size

17 mm

Tightening Torque

60 Nm

Exhaust Gas Temperature Range (max.) < 1,030 °C
Hexagon Temperature< 1,050 °C

Electrical Data

Cable and Protective Sleeve Temperature < 250 °C

Power Supply H+ Nominal

7.5 V

Connector Temperature

System Supply Voltage H+ (min)10.8 V< 150 °C

Storage Temperature Range-40 … 100 °C

Heater Power steady State

7.5 W

Max. Vibration (stochastic peak level)< 1,000 m/s2

Heater Control Frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal Resistance of Nernst Cell

300 OhmMax. Current Load for Nernst Cell

250 μA

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

137

Connectors and Cables
Connector
Connector Loom

Characteristic
1 928 404 682
09 4421 01

Signal Output

Ip meas / Ua (AWS)

Accuracy @ λ = 1

1.016 ±0.007

IP

Accuracy @ λ = 0.8

0.80 ±0.01

Pin 2

VM

Accuracy @ λ = 1.7

Pin 3

UH-

IP

UA [V]

LambdaPin 4

UH+-1.243

0.192

0.750

Pin 5

RT

-0.927

0.525

0.800

Pin 6

UN

-0.800

0.658

0.822

SleeveFiber Glas / Silicone coated-0.652

0.814

0.850

Pin 1

1.70 ±0.05

AWG22-0.405

1.074

0.900

30 … 100 cm-0.183

1.307

0.950

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.

-0.106

1.388

0.970

-0.040

1.458

0.990

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

0.000

1.500

1.003

0.015

1.515

1.010

Application Hint

0.097

1.602

1.050

The Mini-LSU 4.9 can be connected to most Bosch
Motorsport ECUs and Lambda Control Units like
LT4.

0.193

1.703

1.100

0.250

1.763

1.132

The lambda sensor should be installed at point
which permits the measurement of a representative
exhaust-gas mixture and which does not exceed the
maximum permissible temperature.

0.329

1.846

1.179

0.671

2.206

1.429

0.938

2.487

1.701

1.150

2.710

1.990

Install at a point where the gas is as hot as
possible.

1.385

2.958

2.434

1.700

3.289

3.413

Observe the maximum permissible temperature.

2.000

3.605

5.391

Sensors should be installed as close to vertical as
possible (wire upwards).

2.150

3.762

7.506

2.250

3.868

10.119Cable Size
Cable Length L

The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust
pipe outlet, so that the influence of the outside air
can be ruled out.
The exhaust system upstand and surrounding thesensor must be sealed in order to avoid the effectsof leakage air.

Part Number
Mini-LSU 4.9

Protect the sensor against condensation water. The
sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be appliedor any other forms of treatment. Use only therecommended grease for lubricating the thread.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

138

motorsport@bosch.com

B 258 490 103-20

Sensors

Linear Potentiometers
Linear Potentiometer LP 10
The LP 10 is a linear potentiometer which
is designed to measure the stabilizer
movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where thedistance travelled between the moving
ends to the wiper is proportional to theresistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise andcompact design with a hard metal housing
and low power consumption.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 10 mm

Weight w/o cable

Temperature range-20 … 85 °C

Min. length

50 mm

Storage temperature range-40 … 85 °C

Mounting

2 x M3Tightening torque

2 NmElectrical Data
Power supply

5V

70 g

Application Hint

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

20 %The LP 10 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.

Non-linearity

1%

Optional mounting modifications are available.

Max. current

1 mA

Each mounting orientation is possible.
Comes with a spring return shaft.

Connectors and Cables
Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN

Connector loom

KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Cable size
Cable length L

14 May. 09

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
LP 10

B 261 209 535

AWG 24
15 … 25 cm

motorsport@bosch.com

139

140

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Linear Potentiometer LP 25
The LP 25 is a linear potentiometer which
is designed to measure the gear position,
throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where thedistance travelled between the moving
ends to the wiper is proportional to theresistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise andcompact

designwithananodisedaluminium cylindrical housing and low
power consumption.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 25 mm

Weight w/o cable

Temperature range-40 … 85 °C

Min. length

147 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

22 V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.25 %

Connectors and Cables

68 g

Protection

IP65

Max. shaft velocity

1 m/sec

Application Hint
The LP 25 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Optional mounting modifications are available.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SA-HE

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05PA-HE

Comes with a spring return shaft.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
LP 25

B 261 209 547

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 200 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

141

142

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Linear Potentiometer LP 25 twin
The LP 25 twin is a linear potentiometer
which is designed to measure the relative
position

of

two

point

e.g.

the

gear

position, throttle position or suspension
movement and for use
throttle control systems.

inelectronic

Its operating mode is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where thedistance travelled between the moving
end to the wiper is proportional to theresistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise andcompact

designwithananodisedaluminium cylindrical housing, low power
consumption and infinite resolution.
Application
Application
Temperature range

Mechanical Data
0 … 25 mm-30 … 100 °C

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

22 V

Weight w/o cable

60 g

Min. length

95 mmMounting

Ø 3 mmProtection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity< 10 m/sec

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Application Hint

Resistance tolerance

10 %The LP 25 twin can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.

Non-linearity

0.25 %

Application where redundant signals are necessary
to ensure system runs failsafe.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

143

Connectors and Cables

Part Number

Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Connector loom

AS 0-07-35SN

Pin 1

US 1

Pin 2

Gnd 1

Pin 3

Sig 1

Pin 4

US 2

Pin 5

Gnd 2

Pin 6

Sig 2

SleeveDR-25

Cable size
Cable length L

LP 25 twin

AWG 24
15 … 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

144

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 858

Sensors

Linear Potentiometer LP 50
The LP 50 is a linear potentiometer whichisdesigned

positionoftomeasure

two

point

the

e.g.

relative

the

gear

position, throttle position or suspension
movement.
The operating mode of this sensor isbased on the linear tape potentiometer
principle where the distance travelled
between the moving end to the wiper is
proportional to the resistance between
them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise andcompact

designwithananodisedaluminium cylindrical housing, low power
consumption and infinite resolution.
Application
Application

Connectors and Cables
0 … 50 mm

Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN
KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

Temperature range-40 … 105 °C

Mating connector

Storage temperature range-55 … 125 °C

Pin 1

Us

100 m/s2 @ 10 … 500 Hz

Pin 2

Gnd

Max. vibration

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o cable

27 g

Min. length

172 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection
Max. shaft velocity

IP64
1.5 m/sec

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Cable size

AWG 24

Cable length L

15 … 25 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Application Hint

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

42 V

Nominal resistance

4.7 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

20 %Non-linearity

0.25 %

Max. current

1 mA

The LP 50 can be connected directly to the mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
LP 50

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 133-01

145

146

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Linear Potentiometer LP 50 twin
The LP 50 twin is a linear potentiometer
which is designed to measure the relative
position

of

two

point

e.g.

the

gear

position, throttle position or suspension
movement and for use
throttle control systems.

in

It

the

lineartapeprinciple

where

the

works

base

potentiometeronelectronic

distance traveled between the moving end
to the wiper is proportional
resistance between them.

to

the

The advantage of this LP is its precise andcompact

designwithananodisedaluminium cylindrical housing, low power
consumption and infinite resolution.
Application
Application
Temperature range

Connectors and Cables
0 … 50 mm-30 … 100 °C

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

< 45 V

Nominal resistance2 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.25 %

66 g

Min. length

120 mmMounting

Ø 3 mmProtection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity

14 May. 09

AS 6-07-35PN

Connector loom

AS 0-07-35SN

Pin 1

Us 1

Pin 2

Gnd 1

Pin 3

Sig 1

Pin 4

Us 2

Pin 5

Gnd 2

Pin 6

Sig 2

SleeveCable size

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o cable

Connector< 10 m/sec

Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

motorsport@bosch.com

147

Application Hint

Part Number

The LP 50 twin can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.

LP 50 twin

Application where redundant signals are necessary
to ensure system runs failsafe.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

148

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 859

Sensors

Linear Potentiometer LP 75
The LP 75 is a linear potentiometer which
is designed to measure the gear position,
throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where thedistance travelled between the moving
ends to the wiper is proportional to theresistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise andcompact design with hard metal housing
and low power consumption.
Application
Application
Temperature range
Max. vibration

Mechanical Data
0 … 75 mm-30 … 100 °C
126 m/s2 @ 10 … 12 kHz

Electrical Data

Weight w/o cable

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

5V

Power supply max.

67 V

Nominal resistance

3 kΩCharacteristic

10 %Signal output

Non-linearity

0.15 %

Connectors and Cables

223.6 mmMounting

Power supply

Resistance tolerance

78 gMin. length

IP66

Max. shaft velocity

10 m/sec

0.5 … 99.5 %Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

The LP 75 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Part Number

Pin 5

-

LP 75

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

B 261 209 856

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

149

150

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Linear Potentiometer LP 75F
The LP 75F is a linear potentiometer
which is designed to measure the gear
position, throttle position or suspension
movement.
The operating mode of this sensor isbased on the linear tape potentiometer
principle where the distance travelled
between the moving end to the wiper is
proportional to the resistance between
them.
The advantage of this LP is its compact
and lightweight design together with its
wider operating temperature range.
Application
Application
Temperature range
Max. vibration

Mechanical Data
0 … 75 mm-30 … 100 °C
126 m/s2 @ 10 … 12 kHz

Electrical Data

Weight w/o cable

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

5V

Power supply max.

67 V

Nominal resistance

3 kΩCharacteristic

10 %Signal output

Non-linearity

0.15 %

Connectors and Cables
Connector
Connector loom

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34
KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25

223.6 mmMounting

Power supply

Resistance tolerance

78 gMin. length

IP66

Max. shaft velocity

10 m/sec

0.5 … 99.5 %Application Hint
The LP 75F can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
LP 75FB 261 209 852

motorsport@bosch.com

151

AWG 24
15 … 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

14 May. 09

152

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Linear Potentiometer LP 100
The LP 100 is a linear potentiometer
which is designed to measure the relative
position

of

two

point

e.g.

the

gear

position, throttle position or suspension
movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where thedistance travelled between the moving
end to the wiper is proportional to theresistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise andcompact

designwithananodisedaluminium cylindrical housing, low power
consumption and infinite resolution.
Application
Application
Temperature range
Max. vibration

Mechanical Data
0 … 100 mm

Weight w/o cable-30 … 100 °C

Min. length

126 m/s2 @ 10 … 12kHz

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection
Max. shaft velocity

74 V

Nominal resistance

4 kΩCharacteristic

Resistance tolerance

10 %Signal output

0.15 %

284.6 mmMounting

Power supply max.

Non-linearity

85 g

IP66
10 m/sec

0.5 … 99.5 %Application Hint
The LP 100 can be connected directly with mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

153Connectors and Cables

Part Number

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5
SleeveCable size
Cable length L

LP 100DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

154

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 857

Sensors

Linear Potentiometer LP 100F
The LP 100F is a linear potentiometer
which is designed to measure the gear
position, throttle position or suspension
movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where thedistance travelled between the moving
ends to the wiper is proportional to theresistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its compact
and lightweight design together with its
wider operating temperature range.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 100 mm

Weight w/o cable

Temperature range-30 … 85 °C

Min. lengthMax. vibration

126 m/s2 @ 10 … 12 kHz

Electrical Data

Mounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

74 V

Nominal resistance

4 kΩCharacteristic

10 %Signal output

Resistance tolerance
Non-linearity

0.15 %

Connectors and Cables
Connector
Connector loom

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34
KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Cable size
Cable length L

85 g
248.6 mm

IP65

Max. shaft velocity

10 m/sec

0.5 … 99.5 %Application Hint
The LP 100F can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
LP 100F

B 261 209 853

motorsport@bosch.com

155

AWG 24
15 … 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

14 May. 09

156

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Linear Potentiometer LP 125
The LP 125 is a linear potentiometer
which is designed to measure the gear
position, throttle position or suspension
movement.
The operating mode of this sensor isbased on the linear tape potentiometer
principle where the distance travelled
between the moving ends to the wiper is
proportional to the resistance between
them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise andcompact

designwithananodisedaluminium cylindrical housing, low power
consumption and infinite resolution.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 125 mm

Weight w/o cable

Temperature range-40 … 85 °C

Min. length

252 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply
Power supply max.

5V
110 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

Connectors and Cables
Connector
Connector loom

KPSE 120061-30
Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Cable length L

Protection

IP64

Max. shaft velocity

1 m/sec

Application Hint
The LP 125 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34

Pin 1

Cable size

108 gEach mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
LP 125B 261 209 531

motorsport@bosch.com

157

AWG 24
15 … 90 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

14 May. 09

158

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Linear Potentiometer LP 150
The LP 150 is a linear potentiometer
which is designed to measure the relative
position

of

two

point

e.g.

the

gear

position, throttle position or suspension
movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where thedistance travelled between the moving
end to the wiper is proportional to theresistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise andcompact

designwithananodisedaluminium cylindrical housing, low power
consumption and infinite resolution.
Application

Connectors and Cables

Application

0 … 150 mm

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Temperature range-40 … 85 °C

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

130 V

Nominal resistance

6 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

118 g

Min. length

282 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection
Max. shaft velocity

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Cable size

AWG 24

Cable length L

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o cable

Pin 1

IP65
1 m/sec

15 … 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Application Hint
The LP 150 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number

14 May. 09

LP 150B 261 209 534

motorsport@bosch.com

159

160

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Pressure Sensors Air
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B
This sensor is designed to measure theabsolute air pressure, especially the airbox pressureengines.
Aofpiezo-resistive

gasolinesensororDieselelement

andelectronic systems for signal-amplificationandtemperature-compensationareintegrated on a silicon chip. The output of
the sensor is an analog, ratiometric signal.
Two

differentpressure

rangesareavailable (0.1 ... 1.15 bar or 0.2 ... 2.5
bar).
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of both highquality production part and motorsport
spec connection.
Application
Application

Mechanical Data
[1] 0.1 … 1.15 bar (a)[2] 0.2 … 2.50 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 bar

Mounting
Fitting
Weight w/o cable
Sealing

Operating temp. range-40 … 130 °C

Media temp. range-40 … 130 °C

Characteristic

Storage temp. range-40 … 130 °C

Response time T10/90

Max. vibration

2,500 m/s2

@ 200 Hz
1,250 m/s2 @ 440 Hz
sine

Max. Power Supply
Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V
Current IS

14 May. 09

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V
Tolerance (FS)Electrical Data
Power Supply US

Compensated range

4.75 … 5.25 V

Sensitivity

16 V
0.3 … 4.8 V

Offset9 mA

motorsport@bosch.com

M6
12.05 mm
17 g
O-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

1 ms
10 … 85 °C[1] ± 0.016 bar[2] ± 0.034 bar[1] ± 1.39 %[2] ± 1.36 %[1] 4,040 mV/bar[2] 1,848 mV/bar[1] -4.8 mV[2] 30.4 mV

161

Tolerance [1]Expansion of Tolerance f(T) [1]

Tolerance [2]Expansion of Tolerance f(T) [2]

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 100 cm

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

The PSA-B is designed for engines using ROZ95,
ROZ98, M15, E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RClowpass filter (Շ = 2 ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone
based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes @ I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers
PSA-B [1]B 261 209 702-01

PSA-B [2]B 261 209 710-01

Adapter for PSA-B

162

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 725

Sensors

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

163

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C
This sensor is designed to measure theabsolute air pressure, especially the airboxpressureofgasolineorDieselengines.
A

piezo-resistive

sensorelement

andelectronic systems for signal amplificationandtemperaturecompensationareintegrated on a silicon chip. The pressure
which

has

to

be

measuredcanbeconnected via a tube to the sensor. The
output of the sensor
ratiometric signal.

isananalog,Application

The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of the highquality of the production part and a low
price.
Mechanical Data

Application[1] 0,2 … 1,05 bar (a)[2] 0,2 … 2,50 bar (a)Pressure Reference Typeabsolute

Mounting
Fitting

6 mm

Weight w/o Cable

40 g

Max. Pressure pabs max

5 bar

Operating Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Characteristic

Media Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Response Time T10/90

Storage Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Compensated Range

Max. Vibration

200 m/s2 @ 10 … 10.000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power Supply US
Max Power Supply US max.

16 V

Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V

0,3 … 4,8 V

Current IS

Tolerance [1]164Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V
Tolerance (FS)4,75 … 5,25 V

9 mA

M6

Sensitivity
OffsetExpansion of Tolerance f(T) [1]

motorsport@bosch.com

10 ms
10 … 85 °C[1] ± 0,017 bar[2] ± 0,042 bar[1] ± 1,62 %[2] ± 1,68 %[1] 5.000 mV/bar[2] 1.532 mV/bar[1] -600 mV[2] 724 mV

Sensors

Tolerance [2]Expansion of Tolerance f(T) [2]

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Connector Loom

D 261 205 289

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.

The PSA-C is designed for engines using ROZ95,
ROZ98, M15, E22 and Diesel.
Avoid liquid entering the measuring cell.
The sensor can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RClowpass filter (Շ = 2 ms) is recommended.
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes @ I = 0,3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers

14 May. 09

PSA-C [1]

0 261 230 037

PSA-C [2]0 281 002 389

motorsport@bosch.com

165

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2
This sensor is designed to measure theabsolute air pressure, especially the air
box and boost pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines very precisely.
A

piezo-resistive

sensorelement

andelectronic systems for signal-amplificationandtemperature-compensationareintegrated on a silicon chip. The output of
the sensor is an analog, ratiometric signal.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of both highquality production part and military spec
connection.

Cause

of

the

individual

calibration data provided with each part, avery small tolerance can be achieved.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0,1 … 2,0 bar (a)Pressure Reference TypeMax. Pressure

absolute
5 bar

Operating Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Media Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Storage Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Max. Vibration

200 m/s2 @ 10 … 10.000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power Supply US

4,75 … 5,25 V

Max Power Supply US max

16 V

Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V

0,3 … 4,8 V

Current IS

166

9 mA

Mounting

M6

Fitting

12,05 mm

Weight w/o Cable
Sealing

17 g
O-ring 7,59 x 2,62 mm

Characteristic
Response Time T10/90

1 ms

Compensated Range

10 … 85 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V± 0,028 bar

Tolerance (FS)

± 1,4 %

Sensitivity

2236,84 mV/bar(an individual calibration sheet will bedelivered)

Offset176,315 mV(an individual calibration sheet will bedelivered)motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Tolerance

Expansion of Tolerance f(T)Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Connector LoomASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.
SleeveCable Size
Cable Length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 100 cm

The PSB-2 is designed for engines using ROZ95,
ROZ98, M15, E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RClowpass filter (Շ = 2 ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone
based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes @ I = 0,3 A).
To optimise the accuracy of this sensor, we offer anindividually calibration data sheet of each sensor.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Part Number
PSB-2

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 337

167

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4
This sensor is designed to measure theabsolute air pressure, especially the air
box and boost pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines very precisely and in a big
range.
A

piezo-resistive

sensorelement,

electronic systems for signal-amplificationandtemperature-compensationareintegrated on a silicon chip. The output of
the sensor is an analog, ratiometric signal.
Cause of the individual calibration a verysmall

tolerance

canbeachieved.

Furthermore the sensor is characterized
by a very quick response.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0.5 … 4 bar (a)Pressure Reference Typeabsolute

Max. Pressure

6 barOperating Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Media Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Storage Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Max. Vibration

20 m/s2 @ 10 … 1,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power Supply US

4.75 … 5.25 V

Max Power Supply US max.

16 V

Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V

0.3 … 4.8 V

Current IS

168

9 mA

Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 mm

Weight w/o Cable

20 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Characteristic
Response Time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated Range

0 … 80 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V± 0.056 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

1142.857 mV/bar(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Offset-71.42 mV(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Expansion of Tolerance f(T)0.5
1010.7
86

120
100
80
60
40
20
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120

3.6
86

4
101

3
2.5
FactorTolerance [mbar]

Tolerance

2-40
2.5 -30

1.5

2

125
2

1

10
1

0.5

0

0.7
0.5-86
-101

0.5

3.6
-86

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

4
-101

4

0
-60 -40 -20

4.5

Connectors and Cables
ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.

Cable Length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 100 cm

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

40

60

80 100 120 140

The PSB-4 is designed for engines using ROZ95,
ROZ98, M15, E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RClowpass filter (Շ = 2 ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone
based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes @ I = 0.3 A).
To optimize the accuracy of this sensor, we offer anindividually calibration data sheet of each sensor.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
PSB-4

14 May. 09

20

Application Hint

Connector

Cable Size0

Temperature T [°C]

Absolute pressure pabs [bar]Sleeve110
1

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 348

169

Pressure Sensor Air PSP
This sensor is designed to measure theabsolute air pressure, specially the air box
pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.
A

piezo-resistive

sensorelement,

electronic systems for signal-amplificationandtemperaturecompensationisintegrated on a silicon chip. The output of
the sensor is an analog, ratiometric signal.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of both highquality production part and motorsport
spec connection.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0.2 … 3 bar (a)Pressure Reference Typeabsolute

Max. Pressure pabs max

5 bar

Operating Temp. Range-40 … 125 °C

Media Temp. Range-40 … 125 °C

Storage Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Max. Vibration

0.19 mm @ 100 … 200 Hz
250 m/s2 @ 200 … 500 Hz

Electrical Data
4.5 … 5.5 V

Max Power Supply US max

16 V

Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V

0.3 … 4.8 V

Current IS

12.05 mm

Weight w/o Cable

17 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Characteristic
Response Time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated Range

10 … 85 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V± 0.042 bar± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

1,518 mV/bar

Offset96 mVExpansion of Tolerance f(T)
3

0.2
72

0.5
62

2.5
62

3
72

2.5
FactorTolerance [mbar]

Fitting

9 mA

Tolerance

2-40
2.5 -30

1.5

2

125
2

1
0.2
-72

0

0.5
-62

0.5

2.5
-62

1

1.5

2

2.5

10
1

0.5
3
-72

3

85
1

0
3.5

-60 -40 -20

Absolute pressure pabs [bar]

170

M6

Tolerance (FS)Power Supply US

120
100
80
60
40
20
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
-120

Mounting

motorsport@bosch.com

0

20

40

60

80 100 120 140

Temperature T [°C]Sensors

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
SleeveCable Size
Cable Length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 100 cm

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

The PSP is designed for engines using ROZ95,
ROZ98, M15, E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RClowpass filter (Շ = 2 ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone
based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes @ I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part NumberPSP

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 690

171

Pressure Sensor Air PST
This sensor is designed to measure theabsolute air pressure, especially the airbox pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines
and the air temperature.
A

piezo-resistive

sensorelement,

electronic systems for signal amplificationandtemperaturecompensationareintegrated on a silicon chip. The output of
the sensor is an analog, ratiometric signal.
A NTC-resistor is used for the temperature
measurement.
The main feature of this sensor is theintegration of two sensors (air pressure
and air temperature) in one housing. A
further benefit of the PST is the highquality of the production part at a low
price.

Application

Mechanical Data

Application 1

0,1 … 1,15 bar (a)Application 2-40 … 125 °C

Pressure Reference Typeabsolute

Max. Pressure pabs max

5 bar

Operating Temp. Range-40 … 125 °C

Media Temp. Range-40 … 125 °C

Storage Temp. Range-40 … 130 °C

Max. Vibration

172

0,19 mm @ 100 … 200 Hz
250 m/s2 @ 200 … 500 Hz
sine

Mounting
Fitting
Weight w/o Cable
Sealing

M6
18 mm
30 g
O-ring 13,95 x 2,62 mm

Electrical Data
Power Supply US

4,5 … 5,5 V

Max Power Supply US max.

16 V

Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V

0,3 … 4,8 V

Current IS

motorsport@bosch.com

9 mA

Sensors

Characteristic Application 1
R [Ohm]50.000-4045.31340.000-30

26.114-20

15.462

-10

9.397

0

5.896

10

3.792

20

2.500

25

2.057

30

1.707

40

1.175

50

834

Compensated Range

10 … 85 °C

60

596

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V± 0,016 bar

70

436

Tolerance (FS)

80

323

Sensitivity

90

243

Offset

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

Resistance @ 20 °C
Tolerance
Response Time Շ 63

Tolerance

14 May. 09

Resistance [Ohm]T [°C]

30.00020.00010.000
0
-50

-25

0

25
50
75
Temperature [°C]

100

125

150

Characteristic Application 2
Response Time T10/90

0,2 ms± 1,39 %4.047 mV/bar-4,76 mV

2,5 kOhm
5%
45 s @ air ; v = 6 m/s

Expansion of Tolerance f(T)motorsport@bosch.com

173

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

Bosch Compact

Connector Loom

D 261 205 336

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig NTC

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

Sig

Pin 5

-

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.

The PST is designed for engines using ROZ95,
ROZ98, M15, E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RClowpass filter (Շ = 2 ms) is recommended.
For the temperature measurement, a 1 kOhm pullup at 5 V is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone
based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes @ I = 0,3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Absolute Pressure Sensor PST

174

motorsport@bosch.com

0 261 230 022

Sensors

Pressure Sensors Differential
Pressure Sensor Differential DP-A
This sensor is designed to measure therelative pressure of various kinds ofapplications (e.g. non-corrosive, non-ionicworking fluids, such as dry air and drygases).
The

sensorsupplies

two

pressureconnections (horizontal / vertical). This
enables you to use this as a differential
pressuremeasuring

device.

A

typicalapplication is the measuring of the vehicle
speed by using a pitot tube.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of high quality
production part and robust design withmetal

housingandmilitary

spec

connection. The sensor also provides avery fine resolution at small pressure
ranges.
Application
Application
Pressure Reference TypeMax. Pressure

Mechanical Data
0 … 0,1 bar (r)Mounting

relative

Fitting

M3x2
4,5 mm

1,4 barInstallation Torque

2 Nm

Operating Temp. Range-20 … 70 °C

Weight w/o Cable

58 g

Media Temp. Range-20 … 70 °C

Size-40 ... 85 °C

Pressure Port

Storage Temp. Range
Max. Vibration

200 m/s2, 10 … 500 Hz

Electrical Data
Power Supply US

5 mm

Characteristic
Response Time T10/90

4,8 ... 15 V

Max. Power Supply US max.

15 V

Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V

0,5 … 4,5 V

Current IS

37(49) x 29(41) x 19 mm

12 mA

0,1 msCompensated Range

0 … 50 °C

Thermal Effects @ 0 ... 50 °C rel to 25 °C
0,1 % FS/°C
Non-Linearity and Hysteresis

0,1 % FSLong Term Stability (1 Mio cyl. or 1 year)± 0,2 % FS
Sensitivity
Offset14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

40.000 mV/bar
500 mV

175

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Connector LoomASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.
SleeveCable Size
Cable Length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 100 cm

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

176

Media: Non-corrosive, non-ionic working fluids, suchas dry air and dry gases.
The DP-A can be connected directly to most control
units.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Take care about the range of supplied pressure:P2 ≥ P1.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Accessories
Pitot static tube PT

B 261 209 700

Part Numbers
DP-A

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 696

Sensors

Pressure Sensor Differential DP-C
This sensor is designed to measure therelative pressure of various kinds ofapplications (e.g. non-corrosive, non-ionicworking fluids, such as dry air and drygases).
The

sensorsupplies

two

pressureconnections (horizontal / vertical). This
enables you to use this as a differential
pressure measuring device. A typicallyapplication is the measuring of the vehicle
speed by using a pitot tube.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of high quality,
small size, and military spec connection.
The sensor provides a very fine resolution
at small pressure ranges.
Application

Mechanical data

Application

0 … 0,1 bar (r)Pressure Reference TypeMax. Pressure p_absmax

Mounting

2 x M2,5

relative

Fitting

2,6 mm

1,4 barInstallation Torque

2 Nm

Operating Temperature Range-20 … 70 °C

Weight w/o Cable

24 g

Media Temperature Range-20 … 70 °C

Size-40 … 85 °C

Pressure Port

Storage Temperature Range
Max. Vibration

200 m/s2, 10 … 500 Hz

Electrical data
Power supply US
Max Power Supply US max.
Full Scale Output UA
Current IS

15 V
0,5 … 4,5 V
12 mA

Compensated Range
Thermal Effects@ 0 ... 50 °C rel to 25 °C
Non-Linearity and Hysteresis
Long Term Stability(1 Mio cyl or 1 year)
Sensitivity
Offset14 May. 09

5 mm

Characteristic
Response Time T10/90

4,8 … 15 V

35 x 25(40) x 18 mm

motorsport@bosch.com

0,1 ms
0 … 50 °C
0,1 % FS/°C
0,1 % FS
± 0,2 % FS
40 mV/mbar
500 mV177

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Connector LoomASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5
SleeveCable Size
Cable Length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 100 cm

Media: Non-corrosive, non-ionic working fluids, suchas dry air and dry gases.
The DP-C can be connected directly to most control
units.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Take care about the range of supplied pressure:P2 ≥ P1.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Accessories
Pitot static tube PT

B 261 209 700

Part Number
DP-C

178

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 701

Sensors

Pitot Static Tube PT
The pitot tube PT is designed to measure
the vehicle speed independent from thewheel speed. Its main application is the
aerodynamic car setup.
The pitot static tube consists basically of
two concentric tubes. The ellipsoidal nose
form has a single forward facing hole forsensing total pressure and a ring of side
holes for sensing the static pressure.
Measuringthedifference

of

both

pressures (see Bosch differential pressure
sensor), the velocity related to the air canbe calculated.
The main feature of the pitot tube is thevery precise manufacturing
universal mounting device.

and

the

Mechanical Data

Part Number

Weight

50 g

Pitot Static Tube PT

Height

150 mm

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 700

179

Application Hint
The standard formula for calculating the velocity from velocity pressure is:
V = 1.291 √ Pv V = 1.291 *Pv

This is only valid for an air density of 1.2 kg/m³. For all other conditions, the equation becomes:

V = 1.291

1,013.25 T
100,000*** Pv
B
293 100,000 + Ps

V = velocity [m/s]B = barometric pressure [mbar]
T = absolute temperature [K] ( = t [°C] +273; where t is airstream temperature)Ps = static pressure Pa [mbar]
Pv = velocity pressure Pa [mbar]
The expression

100,000
is a correction for the static pressure in the duct and can be ignored, if Ps is100,000 + Ps

less than 2,500 Pa.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Principle of Operation

180

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Pressure Sensors Fluid
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10
This sensor is designed to measure theabsolute pressure of various kinds ofapplications (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water,engine oil, transmission oil, air). Different
supply voltages are available.
In our sensors we are using mainly
stainless steel measuring cells with piezoresistive measuring bridges in thin layer
technique, which are hermetically welded
together with stainless steel pressure
ports. In this way complete
compatibility is guaranteed.

media

The main benefit of this sensor is the highquality of a production part at a low price.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application
Pressure Reference Type

0,5 … 11 bar (a)Male Thread

M10x1

absolute

Wrench Size

17 mm

20 bar

Installation Torque

15 Nm

Operating Temp. Range-40 … 125 °C (140 °C)

Weight w/o Cable

45 g

Media Temp. Range-40 … 125 °C (140 °C)

SealingMax. Pressure

Storage Temp. Range
Max. Vibration

100 m/s2 eff/rms @ 10 … 2.000 Hz

Electrical Data

Characteristic

Power Supply US[1] 4,75 … 5,25 V[2] 8 … 30 V

Max Power Supply US max± 30 V

Full Scale Output UA[1] 10 … 90 % Us ratiometric[2] 0,5 … 4,5 V non-ratiometric
Current IS

Response Time T10/90[1] 1,5 ms[2] 1,0 ms

Compensated Range

0 … 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V± 0,1 barTolerance (FS)Sensitivity

8 mA
Offset14 May. 09

O-ring 7,65 x 1,63 mm-20 … 50 °C

motorsport@bosch.com±1%[1] 400 mV/bar @ US = 5 V[2] 400 mV/bar[1] 100 mV @ US = 5 V[2] 100 mV

181

Connectors and Cables
Connector
Connector Loom

Application Hint
Bosch Compact[1] D 261 205 339[2] D 261 205 334

The PSS 10 can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.

Pin 1

GND

The sensor has a protection for over voltage,
reverse polarity and short-circuit.

Pin 2

SIG

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD
automotive standards.

Pin 5

-

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers

182

PSS-10 [1]B 261 209 341-01

PSS-10 [2]B 261 209 064

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R
This sensor is designed to measure therelative pressure of various kinds ofapplications (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water,engine oil, transmission oil, air). Different
supply voltages are available.
In our sensors we are using mainly
stainless steel measuring cells with piezoresistive measuring bridges in thin layer
technique, which are hermetically welded
together with stainless steel pressure
ports. In this way complete
compatibility is guaranteed.

media

The main benefit of this sensor is the highquality of a production part at a low price.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 10 bar (r)Male Thread

M10x1

Pressure Reference Typerelative

Wrench Size

17 mm

Max. Pressure

20 bar

Installation torque

15 Nm

Operating Temp. Range[1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C)[2] -40 … 125 °C

Weight w/o Cable

45 g

Media Temp. Range[1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C)[2] -40 … 125 °C

Storage Temp. Range
Max. Vibration-20 … 50 °C

Characteristic

Power Supply US[1] 4,75 … 5,25 V[2] 8 … 30 V

Max Power Supply Us max
Full Scale Output UA± 30 V[1] 10 … 90 % US ratiometric[2] 0,5 … 4,5 V non-ratiometric
8 mA

Response Time T10/90[1] 1,5 ms[2] 1,0 ms

Compensated Range

0 … 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V± 0,1 barTolerance (FS)Sensitivity
Offset14 May. 09

O-ring 7,65 x 1,63 mm

100 m/s2 eff/rms @ 10 … 2.000 Hz

Electrical Data

Current IS

Sealing

motorsport@bosch.com±1%[1] 400 mV/bar @ US = 5 V[2] 400 mV/bar[1] 500 mV @ US = 5 V[2] 500 mV

183

Connectors and Cables
Connector
Connector Loom

Application Hint
Bosch Compact[1] D 261 205 339[2] D 261 205 334

The PSS-10R can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.

Pin 1

Gnd

The sensor has a protection for over voltage,
reverse polarity and short-circuit.

Pin 2

Sig

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD
automotive standards.

Pin 5

-

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers

184

PSS-10R [1]

F 01T A21 312

PSS-10R [2]

F 01T A21 307

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R
This sensor is designed to measure therelative pressure of various kinds ofapplications (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water,engine oil, transmission oil, air). Different
supply voltages are available.
In our sensors we are using mainly
stainless steel measuring cells with piezoresistive measuring bridges in thin layer
technique, which are hermetically welded
together with stainless steel pressure
ports. In this way complete
compatibility is guaranteed.

media

The main benefit of this sensor is the highquality of a production part at a low price.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 100 bar (r)Male Thread

M10x1

Pressure Reference Typerelative

Wrench Size

17 mm

Max. Pressure

200 barInstallation Torque

15 Nm

Operating Temp. Range[1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C)[2] -40 … 125 °C

Weight w/o Cable

45 g

Media Temp. Range[1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C)[2] -40 … 125 °C

Storage Temp. Range
Max. Vibration

Power Supply US
Max Power Supply
Full Scale Output UA-20 … 50 °C

Characteristic[1] 4,75 … 5,25 V[2] 8 … 30 V
± 30 V[1] 10 … 90 % US ratiometric[2] 0,5 … 4,5 V non-ratiometric[1] 8 mA
[2] 10 mA

Response Time T10/90[1] 1,5 ms[2] 1,0 ms

Compensated Range

0 … 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V± 0,1 barTolerance (FS)Sensitivity
Offset14 May. 09

O-ring 7,65 x 1,63 mm

100 m/s2 eff/rms @ 10 … 2.000 Hz

Electrical Data

Current IS

Sealing

motorsport@bosch.com±1%[1] 40 mV/bar @ US = 5 V[2] 40 mV/bar[1] 500 mV @ US = 5 V[2] 500 mV

185

Connectors and Cables
Connector
Connector Loom

Application Hint
Bosch Compact[1] D 261 205 339[2] D 261 205 334

The PSS-100R can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.

Pin 1

GND

The sensor has a protection for over voltage,
reverse polarity and short-circuit.

Pin 2

SIG

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Pin 3

US

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD
automotive standards.

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers

186

PSS-100R [1]

B 261 209 347

PSS-100R [2]

F 01T A21 310

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R
This sensor is designed to measure therelative pressure of various kinds ofapplications (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water,engine oil, transmission oil, air). Different
supply voltages are available.
In our sensors we are using mainly
stainless steel measuring cells with piezoresistive measuring bridges in thin layer
technique, which are hermetically welded
together with stainless steel pressure
ports. In this way complete
compatibility is guaranteed.

media

The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of both highquality production part and military spec
connection.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 250 bar (r)Male Thread

M10x1

Pressure Reference Typerelative

Wrench Size

17 mm

Max. Pressure

500 barInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o Cable

45 g

Operating Temp. Range

Media Temp. Range

Storage Temp. Range
Max. Vibration[1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C)[2] -40 … 125 °C[1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C)[2] -40 … 125 °C-20 … 50 °C

100 m/s2 eff/rms @ 10 … 2.000 Hz

SealingO-ring 7,65 x 1,63 mm

Electrical Data
Power Supply US[1] 4,75 … 5,25 V[2] 8 ... 30 V

Max Power Supply Us max± 30 V

Full Scale Output UA[1] 10 … 90 % US ratiometric[2] 0,5 … 4,5 V non-ratiometric
Current IS

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

8 mA

187

Characteristic

Connectors and Cables

Response Time T10/90[1] 1,5 ms[2] 1,0 ms

Connector
Connector Loom

Bosch Compact[1] D 261 205 339[2] D 261 205 334

Compensated Range

0 … 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V± 0,1 bar

Pin 1

GND

±1%

Pin 2

SIG

[1] 16 mV/bar @ US = 5 V[2] 16 mV/bar

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

[1] 500 mV @ US = 5 V[2] 500 mV

Pin 5

-

Tolerance (FS)Sensitivity
OffsetVarious military and automotive connectors onrequest.

Application Hint

Part Number

The PSS-250R can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.

PSS-250R [1]

B 261 209 965-01

PSS-250R [2]B 261 209 067-01

The sensor has a protection for over voltage,
reverse polarity and short-circuit.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive
standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

188

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10
This sensor is designed to measure theabsolute pressure of various kind of
applications (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water,engine oil, transmission oil, air). Different
supply voltages are available.
In our sensors we are using mainly
stainless steel measuring cells with piezoresistive measuring bridges in thin layer
technique, which are hermetically welded
together with stainless steel pressure
ports. In this way complete
compatibility is guaranteed.

media

The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of both highquality production part and military spec
connection.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application
Pressure Reference TypeMax. Pressure

0,5 … 11 bar (a)Male Thread

M10x1

absolute

Wrench Size

17 mm

20 bar

Installation Torque

15 Nm

Operating Temp. Range-40 … 125 °C (140 °C)

Weight w/o Cable

45 g

Media Temp. Range-40 … 125 °C (140 °C)

Sealing

Storage Temp. Range
Max. Vibration-20 … 50 °C

100 m/s2 eff/rms @ 10 … 2000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power Supply US
Max Power Supply

Characteristic[1] 4,75 … 5,25 V[2] 8 … 30 V
± 30 V

Full Scale Output UA

Response Time T10/90[1] 1,5 ms[2] 1,0 ms

Compensated Range

0 … 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V[1] 10 … 90 % US ratiometric[2] 0,5 … 4,5 V non-ratiometric

Current IS

8 mA

Tolerance (FS)Sensitivity
Offset14 May. 09

O-ring 7,65 x 1,63 mm

motorsport@bosch.com

0,1 bar±1%[1] 400 mV/bar @ US = 5 V[2] 400 mV/bar[1] 100 mV @ US = 5 V[2] 100 mV

189

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

KPTC 6E8-4P-C-DN

Connector Loom

KPTC 6E8-4P-C-DN

Pin 1[2] US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

[1] US

Pin 5-

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.
SleeveCable Size
Cable Length L

DR-25
AWG 24
13 … 95 cm

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

190

The PSC can be connected directly to most control
units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage,
reverse polarity and short-circuit.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD
automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers
PSC-10 [1]

F 01T A21 304-01

PSC-10 [2]B 261 209 079-01

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10R
This sensor is designed to measure therelative pressure of various kinds ofapplications (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water,engine oil, transmission oil, air).
In our sensors we are using mainly
stainless steel measuring cells with piezoresistive measuring bridges in thin layer
technique, which are hermetically welded
together with stainless steel pressure
ports. In this way complete
compatibility is guaranteed.

media

The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of both highquality production part and military spec
connection.

Application

Mechanical Data

Application
Pressure Reference TypeMax. Pressure

0 … 10 bar (r)Male Thread

M10x1

relative

Wrench Size

17 mm

20 bar

Installation Torque

15 Nm

Operating Temp. Range[1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C)[2] -40 ... 125 °C

Weight w/o Cable

45 g

Media Temp. Range[1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C)

SealingO-ring 7,65 x 1,63 mm[2] -40 ... 125 °C
Storage Temp. Range
Max. Vibration-20 … 50 °C

100 m/s2 eff/rms @ 10 … 2.000 Hz

Electrical Data

Characteristic

Power Supply US[1] 4,75 … 5,25 V[2] 8 … 30 V

Max Power Supply US max.
Full Scale Output UA

Current IS± 30 V[1] 10 … 90 % US ratiometric[2] 0,5 … 4,5 V non-ratiometric
8 mA

Response Time T10/90[1] 1,5 ms[2] 1,0 ms

Compensated Range

0 … 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V± 0,1 barTolerance (FS)Sensitivity
Offset14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com±1%[1] 400 mV/bar @ US = 5 V[2] 400 mV/bar[1] 500 mV @ US = 5 V[2] 500 mV

191

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Connector LoomASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1[2] US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

[1] US

Pin 5-

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.
SleeveCable Size
Cable Length L

DR-25
AWG 24
13 … 95 cm

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

192

The PSC-10R can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage,
reverse polarity and short-circuit.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD
automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers
PSC-10R [1]

F 01T A21 303

PSC-10R [2]

F 01T A21 305

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-250R
This sensor is designed to measure therelative pressure of various kinds ofapplications (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water,engine oil, transmission oil, air). Different
supply voltages are available.
In our sensors we are using mainly
stainless steel measuring cells with piezoresistive measuring bridges in thin layer
technique, which are hermetically welded
together with stainless steel pressure
ports. In this way complete
compatibility is guaranteed.

media

The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of both highquality production part and military spec
connection.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application
Pressure Reference TypeMax. Pressure

0 … 250 bar (r)Male Thread

M10x1

relative

Wrench Size

17 mm

500 barInstallation Torque

15 Nm

Operating Temp. Range[1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C)[2] -40 … 125 °C

Weight w/o Cable

45 g

Media Temp. Range[1] -40 ... 125 °C (140 °C)[2] -40 … 125 °C

Storage Temp. Range
Max. Vibration-20 … 50 °C@ 10 … 2.000 Hz[1] 4,75 ... 5,25 V[2] 8 … 30 V

Max Power Supply US max

Current IS

14 May. 09

Response Time T10/90[1] 1,5 ms[2] 1,0 ms

Compensated Range

0 … 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V

Power Supply US± 30 V[1] 10 … 90 % US ratiometric[2] 0,5 … 4,5 V non-ratiometricO-ring 7,65 x 1,63 mm

Characteristic

100 m/s2 g eff/rms

Electrical Data

Full Scale Output UA

Sealing

Tolerance (FS)Sensitivity
Offset[1] ± 0,1 bar[2] ± 2,5 bar±1%[1] 16 mV/bar @ US = 5 V[2] 16 mV/bar[1] 500 mV @ US = 5 V[2] 500 mV

8 mA

motorsport@bosch.com

193

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Connector LoomASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1[2] US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

[1] US

Pin 5-

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.
SleeveCable Size
Cable Length L

DR-25
AWG 24

The PSC-250R can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage,
reverse polarity and short-circuit.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive
standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

13 … 95 cm

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Part Numbers

194

PSC-250R [1]

F 01T A21 306

PSC-250R [2]

F 01T A21 311

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM
This sensor is designed to measure theabolute pressure of various kinds ofapplications (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water,engine oil, transmission oil, air). Differentpressure ranges are available.
The

sensorutilises

a

flush

metal

diaphragm as a force collector. The force
is transferred to a solid state piezoresistive

sensing

element

intervening

film

of

silicone oil.
hermetically.

The

housing

via

a

thin

noncompressibleisweldedThe main feature and benefit of thissensor is a very high durability concerning
vibrations.

Application

Mechanical Data

Application[1] 0 … 12 bar (a)[2] 0 … 250 bar (a)Pressure Reference TypeMax. Pressure

Male Thread

M10x1

Wrench Size

16 mm

absolute

Installation Torque10 Nm[1] 24 bar[2] 500 bar

Weight w/o Cable

24,5 g

SealingO-ring 7,65 x 1,63 mm

Operating Temp. Range-20 … 120 °C

Media Temp. Range-20 ... 120 °C

Electrical Data

Storage Temp. Range-20 … 50 °C

Power Supply US

8 … 16 V

Full Scale Output UA 4,9 V± 1,5 %

Current IS

25 mA

1.000 m/s2 max @Max. Vibration

5 … 5.000 Hz (sine)

Characteristic

Connectors and Cables

Compensated Range

0 … 120 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V
Tolerance (FS)Sensitivity/Offset[1] ± 0,12 bar[2] ± 2,50 bar

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Connector LoomASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

±1%

Pin 2

GND

(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

SCR

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.
SleeveCable Size
Cable Length L

Viton
AWG 24
15 … 100 cm

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

195Application Hint

Part Numbers

The PSM can be connected directly to most control
units.

PSM [1]

B 261 209 331

PSM [2]B 261 209 332

Each mounting orientation is possible.
100 % relative humidity is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD
automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

196

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-S
This sensor is designed to measure theabsolute pressure of various kinds ofapplications (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water,engine oil, transmission oil, air). Differentpressure ranges are available.
The

sensorutilises

a

flush

metal

diaphragm as a force collector. The force
is transferred to a solid state piezoresistive

sensing

intervening
silicone oil.
hermetically.

film

element

viaofcompressible

The

no

housing

is

a

thin

weldedThe main feature and benefit of thissensor is the very compact size and a very
high durability concerning vibrations.
Application
Application

Mechanical Data
[1] 0 … 12 bar (a)[2] 0 … 70 bar (a)Male Thread

M8x1

Wrench Size

13 mm

Pressure Reference Typeabsolute

Max. Pressure pabs max[1] 36 bar[2] 210 bar

Operating Temp. Range-55 … 140 °C

Media Temp. Range-55 … 140 °C

Electrical Data

Storage Temp. Range-20 … 50 °C

Power Supply US

Max. Vibration

14 May. 09

15.000 m/s2 max @5 … 10.000 Hz (sine)

Installation Torque

6 Nm

Weight w/o Cable

20 g

Sealing

Full Scale Output UA

motorsport@bosch.com

O-ring 6,07 x 1,62 mm

8 … 16 V
4,7 V ± 1,5 %197

Characteristic

Connectors and Cables

Compensated Range

0 … 125 °C

Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V[1] ± 0,24 bar[2] ± 0,7 bar

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Connector LoomASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

[1] ± 2 %[2] ± 1 %

Pin 2

GND

(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

SCR

Tolerance (FS)Sensitivity/Offset

Connector

Application Hint
The PSM-S can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
SleeveViton

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Cable Size

100 % relative humidity is possible.

Cable Length L

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD
automotive standards.

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers

198

AWG 24
15 … 100 cm

PSM-S [1]F 01T A21 315

PSM-S [2]F 01T A21 316

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Ride Height Sensor
Ride Height Sensor RHS
This sensor is designed to measure thedistance to the ground.
To enable very precise measurement thesensorutilizes
technology.

infraredmeasuring

The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of a durable,high quality production part design with amilitary spec connector.
Application
Application
Operating temperature range

Mechanical Data
60 … 140 mm-10 … 60 °C

Electrical Data
Power supply

12 … 24 V

Response time

5 ms

Input current< 40 mA

Weight w/o cableSize

75 x 33 x 18 mm

Housingplastic, fibreglass

Protection class

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SD-HE

Pin 1

USupply

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

IP 67

Characteristic
Signal output
Output current

Connectors and Cables

105 g

0,25 … 4,75 V
500 μA (analog output)

Alarm output

PNP (200 mA)

Resolution

0,5 … 1 mm

Linearity

1 % FSLight source
Max. allowed ambient lightIR< 10.000 lux

Wave length

660 nmApplication Hint

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.

The RHS can be connected directly to most control
units and data logging systems.

SleeveThe measurable range of the sensor is 60 ... 140
mm.

Cable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 100 cm

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
Sensor should only be mounted via the integrated
mounting hole.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.
Further application hints can be found in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

199

Part Number
RHS

200

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 674

Sensors

Rotary Potentiometers
Rotary Potentiometer RP 50-/130-/350-M
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasurerotational movement, e.g. throttle angle,
spring travel, gearbox position or steering
angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider(wiper) on a resistive element which issuppliedwithproportional

voltage.

to

the

Thus
angle

voltagecanbemeasured. The housing and the bearings
are made of high temperature resistant
plastic. The mounting plate is protectedwith a metal cover to ensure a good
fixation. The sensors are fitted in a shrink
down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of these sensors is the
combination of high accuracy, very robust
aluminium housing and motorsports spec
connection.
Application
Application

Operating temperature range

Mechanical Data
[1] 0 … 50°[2] 0 … 130°[3] 0 … 350°
-55 … 125 °C

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Maximal power supply

42 V

Total resistance

Current IS
Max. allowable contact current

14 May. 09[1] 3 kΩ[2] 4 kΩ[3] 8 kΩWeight w/o cable

38 g

Protection class

IP66

Mounting

2 x M4

Housingaluminium alloy

Characteristic
Direction of rotation

anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.
Redundancy

No

1 μA
[1|3] 1 mA
[2] 10 mA

motorsport@bosch.com

201

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector[1|3] ASL 6-06-05PA-HE[2] KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN

The products of the RP series can be connected
directly to most control units.

Connector loom

[1|3] ASL 0-06-05SA-HE[2] KPTA 1E6-4S-C-DN

The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveCable size
Cable length

DR-25
AWG 24
16 … 30 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

202

Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive
standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles
available on request.
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
RP 50-M [1]B 261 209 571

RP 130-M [2]B 261 209 576

RP 350-M [3]B 261 209 577

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Rotary Potentiometer RP 55
This sensor is designed to measurerotational movement, e.g. spring travel.
A rotation moves an internal slider (wiper)on a resistive element which is suppliedwith voltage. Thus a voltage proportional
to the angle can be measured. The
housing

is

made

of

shock

resistantaluminium. The internals are made of hightemperature resistant synthetic material.
The main benefit of this sensor is the
special way of mounting with a quill shaft.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 55°Weight w/o cable

59 g

Operating temperature range-25 … 75 °C

Protection class

IP63

Storage temperature range-25 … 105 °C

Mounting

di 6 mm

Lifetime

5 x 106 rotations

Housingaluminium alloy

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 @ 30 … 500 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Characteristic

Total resistance

5 kΩ

Temp. coefficient

1 μA

Direction of rotation

Current Is
Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Redundancy

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

50 ppm/°K
Anti-ClockwiseNo

203

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

The products of the RP series can be connected
directly to most control units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive
standards.

Pin 5

-

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
16 … 30 cm

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles
are available on request.

Various motorsports and automotive connectors areavailable on request.

Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Part Number

204

RP 55

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 578

Sensors

Rotary Potentiometer RP 86
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasurerotational movement, e.g. throttle angle orspring travel.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider(wiper) on a resistive element which issuppliedwithproportional

tovoltage.
the

Thus
angle

voltagecanbemeasured. The housing and the bearings
are made of high temperature resistant
plastic.
The main benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production
part and extremely short dimensions.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 86°

Angle between internal mechanical stops
Operating temperature range
Max. vibration

Weight w/o cable

26 g

95°

Mounting

2 x M4-40 … 130 °C

Lifetime

2 x 106 rotations

700 m/s2

Housingsynthetic material

Electrical Data

Characteristic

Power supply Us

5V

Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Max. power supply

42 V

Direction of rotation

Anti-Clockwise

Total resistance
Current Is

2 kΩ ±20 %18 μA

Connectors and Cables

Both rotation directions are available on request.
Redundancy

No

Application Hint

Connector

Bosch Compact

Connector loom

D 261 205 334

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

Gnd

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Various cable options are available on request.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

The products of the RP series can be connected
directly to most control units.
The sensor has an internal mechanical stop and a Ø
14.65x2 sealing.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD
automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles
available on request.
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

205Part Number
RP 86

206

0 280 122 016

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Rotary Potentiometer RP 100/130/308
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasurerotational movement, e.g. throttle angle,
spring travel, gearbox position or steering
angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider(wiper) on a resistive element which issuppliedwithproportional

voltage.

to

the

Thus
angle

voltagecanbemeasured. The housing and the bearings
are made of high temperature resistant
plastic. The mounting plate is protectedwith a metal cover to ensure a good
fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink
down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the
combination of both high accuracy andmotorsports spec connection.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application[1] 0 … 100°[2] 0 … 130°[3] 0 … 308°

Operating temperature range
Max. vibration-40 … 150 °C

200 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply Us

5V

Maximal power supply

42 V

Total resistance
Current Is[1|2] 3 kΩ ±20 %[3] 5 kΩ ±20 %1 μA

Weight w/o cable

32 g

Protection class

IP65

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housingsynthetic material

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request
Redundancy

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

No

207

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

The products of the RP series can be connected
directly to most control units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD
automotive standards.

Pin 5

-

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
16 … 30 cm

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles
available on request.

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.

Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Part Number

208

RP 100 [1]B 261 209 127 01

RP 130 [2]B 261 209 128

RP 308 [3]B 261 209 570

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Rotary Potentiometer RP 100 twinThissensorisdesignedrotational
movement,
position or throttle angle.

tomeasuree.g.

gearbox

A throttle rotation moves an internal slider(wiper) on a resistive element which issuppliedwithproportional

voltage.

to

the

Thus
angle

voltagecanbemeasured. The housing and the bearings
are made of high temperature resistant
plastic. The mounting plate is protectedwith a metal cover to ensure a good
fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink
down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is theextremely high reliability
redundant sensor design.

throughtheApplication

Mechanical Data

Application
Operating temperature range
Max. vibration

0 … 100°

Weight w/o cable

32 g-40 … 150 °C

Protection class

IP65

200 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply US
Maximal power supply
Total resistance
Current IS
Max. allowable contact current

5V
42 V
3 kΩ ±20 %
1 μA
10 mA

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housingsynthetic material

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request
Redundancy

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

Yes

209

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Connector loom

AS 0-07-35SN

The products of the RP series can be connected
directly to most control units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

US

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive
standards.

Pin 5

Gnd

Pin 6

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Cable size
Cable length L

AWG 24
16 … 30 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

210

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles
available on request.
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
RP 100 twin

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 591

Sensors

Rotary Potentiometer Mini-RP 100-M
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasurerotational movement, e.g. throttle angle orspring travel.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider(wiper) on a resistive element which issuppliedwithproportional

voltage.

to

the

Thus
angle

voltagecanbemeasured. The housing and the bearings
are made of high temperature resistant
plastic. The mounting plate is protectedwith a metal cover to ensure a good
fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink
down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the
combination

of

high

accuracy,

motorsports spec connection and a verysmall and robust aluminium housing.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 100°

Weight w/o cable

32 g

Operating temperature range-40 … 150 °C

Protection class

IP65

Storage temperature range

0 … 100 °C

Mounting

2 x M4200 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,000 Hz

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housingaluminium alloy

Max. vibration

Electrical Data
Power supply Us

5V

Characteristic

Maximal power supply

42 V

Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Total resistance
Current Is
Max. allowable contact current

3 kΩ ±20 %
1 μA
10 mA

Direction of rotation

Both rotation directions are available on request.
Redundancy

14 May. 09

anti-clockwise

motorsport@bosch.com

No

211

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

The products of the RP series can be connected
directly to most control units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive
standards.

Pin 5

-

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
16 … 30 cm

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles
available on request.

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.

Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Part Number

212

Mini-RP 100-M

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 587

Sensors

Rotary Potentiometer RP 345-M
This

sensorisdesignedtomeasurerotational movement, e.g. throttle angle,
spring travel, gearbox position or steering
angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider(wiper) on a resistive element which issuppliedwithproportional

voltage.

to

the

Thus
angle

voltagecanbemeasured. The housing is made of shock
resistant aluminium. The internal is madeof high temperature resistant synthetic
material. The mounting plate is protectedwith a metal cover to ensure a good
fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink
down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the
combination of both high accuracy andvery though aluminium housing.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application
Operating temperature range
Max. vibration

0 … 345°

Weight w/o cable

32 g-40 … 150 °C

Protection class

IP65

200 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply Us

5V

Maximal power supply

42 V

Total resistance
Current Is
Max. allowable contact current

5 kΩ ±20 %
1 μA
10 mA

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housingaluminium alloy

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.
Redundancy

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

No

213

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

The products of the RP series can be connected
directly to most control units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive
standards.

Pin 5

-

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
16 … 30 cm

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles
available on request.

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.

Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Part Number214

RP 345-M

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A21 400

Sensors

Speed Sensors
Inductive Speed Sensor IA
This sensor is designed for incremental
measurement of rotational speed (e.g.
crankshaft or wheelspeed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar
magnet with a soft magnetic pole pin
supporting an induction coil with twoconnections. When a ferromagnetic ringgear turns past this sensor, it generates a
voltage in the coil which is directly
proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed isreflected on a periodic interval between
the voltage’s zero transition points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production
part

and

robust,hightemperature

resistance. Additionally the installation
depth can be changed according to thecustomer request.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application
Max. frequency
Target wheel air gap AG

speed

Magnetic poleround

≤ 15 kHz

Bore diameter

12.5 mm

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensing head)

Weight w/o wire
Installation depth L2

30 g
32.2 mm-40 … 230 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

0 … 100 °C
800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Electrical Data
Coil resistance

1,200 Ω

Inductance max.

400 mH

Output voltage max.

190 VP-P

14 May. 09

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

motorsport@bosch.com

215

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors
available on request.
Sleeve

DR-25

Wire

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 … 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

The inductive speed sensor IA is developed forwheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (seeEnvironment), the technical function has to betested individually.
The installation depth L2 can be changed
individually according to customer request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more
information.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Inductive Speed Sensor IA

B 261 209 519

Ua = f (rpm, airgap)
90
80

8
6

70

4
2

Ua / Volt

60

0
100

200

300

400

500

50

10 kΩ / 0,5 mm
100 kΩ / 0,5 mm
10 kΩ / 1,0 mm
100 kΩ / 1,0 mm

40
30
20
10
0
0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

Revolutions per minute used target wheel see
Environment

216

motorsport@bosch.com

9000

Sensors

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

217

Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C
This sensor is designed for incremental
measurement of rotational speed (e.g.
crankshaft or wheelspeed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar
magnet with a soft magnetic pole pin
supporting an induction coil with twoconnections. When a ferromagnetic ringgear turns past this sensor, it generates a
voltage in the coil which is directly
proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed isreflected on a periodic interval between
the voltage’s zero transition points.
It is available in a DR-25 sleeve withvarious connectors options.
The main benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production
part and robust, compact design.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application
Max. frequency
Target wheel air gap AG

speed

Magnetic poleround

≤ 15 kHz

Bore diameter

18 mm

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensing head)-40 … 130 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

40 g

Installation depth L2

23.7 mm-40 … 100 °C
800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

Electrical Data

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmCoil resistance860 Ω ± 10 %Width of teeth b1

4.1 mmInductance max.

370 mH ± 15 %Width of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

Output voltage max.

218

200 VP-P

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

1 928 404 227

Mating connector

D 261 205 335

Pin 1

Sig+

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors
available on request.

The inductive speed sensor IA-C is developed forwheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (seeEnvironment), the technical function has to betested individually.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more
information.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C

0 261 210 136

Ua = f (rpm, airgap)
250
15
12,5

200

10
7,5
5

Ua / Volt

2,5
0
100

150

200

300

400

500

10 kΩ / 0,5 mm
100 kΩ / 0,5 mm
10 kΩ / 1,0 mm
100 kΩ / 1,0 mm

100
50
0
0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

Revolutions per minute used target wheel see
Environment

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

219

220

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Inductive Speed Sensor IS
This sensor is designed for incremental
measurement of rotational speed (e.g.
crankshaft or wheelspeed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar
magnet with a soft magnetic pole pin
supporting an induction coil with twoconnections. When a ferromagnetic ringgear turns past this sensor, it generates a
voltage in the coil which is directly
proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed isreflected on a periodic interval between
the voltage’s zero transition points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production
part

and

robust,hightemperature

resistance. Additionally the installation
depth can be changed according to thecustomer request.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application
Max. frequency
Target wheel air gap AG

speed

Magnetic poleround

≤ 15 kHz

Bore diameter

12.5 mm

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensing head)

Weight w/o wire
-40 … 230 °C

Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

Tightening torqueInstallation depth L2

8 Nm
30 g
32.2 mm0 … 100 °C
800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

Electrical Data

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmCoil resistance

1,200 Ω

Width of teeth b1

4.1 mmInductance max.

400 mH

Width of gap b2

4.3 mm

190 V P-P

Depth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

Output voltage max.

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

221Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors
available on request.
Sleeve

DR-25

Wire

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 … 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

The inductive speed sensor IS is developed forwheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (seeEnvironment), the technical function has to betested individually.
The installation depth L2 can be changed
individually according to customer request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more
information.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Inductive Speed Sensor IS

B 261 209 517

Ua = f (rpm, airgap)
90
80

8
6

70

4
2

Ua / Volt

60

0
100

200

300

400

500

50

10 kΩ / 0,5 mm
100 kΩ / 0,5 mm
10 kΩ / 1,0 mm
100 kΩ / 1,0 mm

40
30
20
10
0
0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

Revolutions per minute used target wheel see
Environment

222

motorsport@bosch.com

9000

Sensors

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

223

Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C
This sensor is designed for incremental
measurement of rotational speed (e.g.
crankshaft or wheelspeed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar
magnet with a soft magnetic pole pin
supporting an induction coil with twoconnections. When a ferromagnetic ringgear turns past this sensor, it generates a
voltage in the coil which is directly
proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed isreflected on a periodic interval between
the voltage’s zero transition points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production
part with very compact design, and hightemperature resistance.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application
Max. frequency
Target wheel air gap AG

speed

Magnetic poleround

≤ 15 kHz

Bore diameter

12.9 mm

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensing head)

Weight w/o wire
-40 … 230 °C

Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

Tightening torqueInstallation depth L2

8 Nm
25 g
24.1 mm0 … 100 °C
800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

Electrical Data

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmCoil resistance340 Ω

Width of teeth b1

4.1 mmInductance max.

64 mH

Width of gap b2

4.3 mm224

Depth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Connectors and Wires

Application Hint

Connector[1] ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector[1] ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors
available on request.
Sleeve

DR-25

Wire

AWG 24

Wire length

max. 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

The inductive speed sensor IS-C is developed forwheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (seeEnvironment), the technical function has to betested individually.
This sensor is also available with a M10x1 malethread.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more
information.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C

B 261 209 609

Ua = f (rpm, airgap)
25
2,5
2

20

1,5
1

Ua / Volt

0,5
0
100

15

200

300

400

500

10 kΩ / 0,5 mm
100 kΩ / 0,5 mm
10 kΩ / 1,0 mm
100 kΩ / 1,0 mm

10
5
0
0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

Revolutions per minute used target wheel see
Environment

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

225

226

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T
This sensor is designed for incremental
measurement of rotational speed of aturbo charger.
The inductive sensor consists of a bar
magnet with a soft magnetic pole pin
supporting an induction coil with twoconnections. When a ferromagnetic ringgear turns past this sensor, it generates a
voltage in the coil which is directly
proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed isreflected on a periodic interval between
the voltage’s zero transition points.
The

main

benefitof

thissensorisrobustness, a very compact design andhigh temperature resistance.
Application

Electrical Data

Application

speed

Coil resistance

30 Ω

Target wheel air gap AG

0.5 mmInductance max.

2.6 mH

Operating temp. range (sensing head)-40 … 230 °C
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

0 … 100 °C
800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

round

Bore diameter

6.3 mmTightening torque1.4 NmWeight w/o wire

14 g

Installation depth L2

20 mm

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors
available on request.
Sleeve

DR-25

Wire

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 … 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

227

Application Hint

Part NumberThis inductive speed sensor IS-T is developed forwheels made of ferromagnetic material by turbo
charger.

Speed Sensor IS-T

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (seeEnvironment), the technical function has to betested individually.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more
information.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

228

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 662

Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M
This sensor is designed for incremental
measurement of rotational speed (e.g.
camshaft, crankshaft or wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic
target wheel in front of the HA-M, themagnetic field is modulated at the placeof the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor
element

withintegrated

signalconditioning circuit detects this change
and generates a digital output signal. We
offer this sensor with two different typesof output: Active - high and Active - low.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of a high quality
production part and robust design withmetal

housingandspec

motorsport

connectors.
Application

Electrical Data

Application

speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.5 … 1.5 mm

Temperature range- 40 … 160 °C

Output type

[1] Active low[2] Active highMounting

5 … 18 mA

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASU 6-03-03PN-HE

Mating connector

ASU 0-03-03SN-HE

Pin 1AUS

1,200 m/s2 @ 10 Hz … 2 kHz

Pin 2BGnd

Pin 3CSig

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

Current IS

5 … 18 V< 1 mT

External magnetic fields
Max. vibration

Power supply

12 g

Various motorsport and automotive connectors
available on request.

1 x M6

SleeveDR-25

11.8 mmWire size

AWG 24

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Wire length

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Bore diameter

15 … 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 4 % (≤ 6 kHz)
< 8 % (≤ 10 kHz)
Signal output

14 May. 09

0.52 V … < US

motorsport@bosch.com

229

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

Application Hint

Thickness t

12.5 mm

The HA-M can be connected directly to mostcontrol units and data logging systems.

Width of teeth b1

3.8 mmPlease avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Width of gap b2

4.7 mm

For mounting please use only the integrated lug.

20.79 mm

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (seeEnvironment), the technical function has to betested individually.

Width of sync. gap b3

162.34 mm

Depth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers

230

Speed sensor HA-M

[1] B 261 209 283-01

Speed sensor HA-M

[2] B 261 209 295-01

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

231

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P
This sensor is designed for incremental
measurement of rotational speed (e.g.
camshaft, crankshaft or wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic
target wheel in front of the HA-P, themagnetic field is modulated at the placeof the Hall probe. A hall-effect sensor
element

withintegrated

signalconditioning circuit detects this change
and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of a high quality
production part and robust design withmetal housing.
Application
Application
Max. frequency

Electrical Data
speed
≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.5 … 1.4 mm

Temperature range- 40 … 150 °C

Max. vibration

1,000 m/s2 @ 10 Hz … 2 kHz

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wirePower supply
Current IS

4.5 … 24 V
10 mA

Connectors and Wires
Connector

1 928 404 227

Mating connector

D 261 205 335

Pin 1AGnd

70 g

Pin 2B

Sig

with screw 1 x M6

Pin 3CUS

Bore diameter

18 mm

Pin 4D-

Installation depth L2

24 mm

Pin 5E-

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Mounting

Environment

Characteristic

Target wheel diameter D

Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 1.5 % (≤ 6 kHz)< 2 % (≤ 10 kHz)Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmSignal output

232

0.4 V … < US

Width of sync. gap b3

162.34 mm

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Application Hint

Part Numbers

The HA-P can be connected directly to most control
units and data logging systems.

Speed sensor HA-P

0 232 103 037

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated lug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (seeEnvironment), the technical function has to betested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

233

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-PThis sensor is designed for incremental
measurement of rotational speed (e.g.
camshaft, crankshaft or wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic
target wheel in front of the Mini-HA-P, themagnetic field is modulated at the place of
the

Hall

probe.

element

withA

Hall-effectintegrated

sensorsignalconditioning circuit detects this change
and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of a high quality
production part and robust design with avery small housing.
Application

Connectors and Wires

Application

speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.2 … 1.5 mm

Temperature range-40 … 150 °C[1] ASL 6-06-05PC-HE[2] 1 928 404 227

Mating connector[1] ASL 0-06-05SC-HE[2] D 261 205 335

Pin 1[1] US[2] Gnd[3] US red

1,200 m/s2 @ 10 Hz … 2 kHz

Pin 2[1] Gnd[2] Sig[3] Sig green

19.2 gPin 3[1] Sig[2] US[3] Gnd black

Pin 4

[1] -

Pin 5

[1] -

Output type

Active low

External magnetic fields
Max. vibration

Connector≤ 0.3 mT

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire
Mounting
Bore diameterwith screw 1 x M6
11.5 mm

Installation depth L2

9 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 3 % (≤ 6 kHz)
< 5 % (≤ 10 kHz)
Signal output

0.4 V … < US

Electrical Data
Power supply

Various motorsport and automotive connectors
available on request.
SleeveHT cable ø 5.2 mm

Wire size

AWG 20

Wire length L< 27 cm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

5 … 18 V

Current Is

10 mA

234

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

Application Hint

Thickness t

12.5 mm

The Mini-HA-P can be connected directly to mostcontrol units and data logging systems.

Width of teeth b1

3.8 mmPlease avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Width of gap b2

4.7 mm

For mounting please use only the integrated lug.

20.79 mm

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (seeEnvironment), the technical function has to betested individually.

Width of sync. gap b3

162.34 mm

Depth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Required Connection

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number

14 May. 09

Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P [1]

F 02U V00 258-01

Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P [2]

F 02U V00 299-01

Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P [3]

F 02U 002 407-01

motorsport@bosch.com

235

236

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90
This sensor is designed for incremental
measurement of rotational speed (e.g.
camshaft, crankshaft or wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic
target wheel in front of the HA-D, themagnetic field is modulated at the place ofthe Hall probe.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is a very good detection of thefallingedge,

measuringdue

method.

toadifferentialThis

sensorisacombination of a high quality production
part and robust design with a small
housing.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Weight w/o wire
Mounting

12 gwith screw 1 x M6

Target wheel air gap AG

0.4 … 1.0 mm

Bore diameter

Temperature range-40 … 150 °C

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Active highTightening torque6 Nm

Output type
External magnetic fields
Max. vibration≤ 50 mT

1,200 m/s2 @ 10 Hz … 2 kHz

Connectors and Wires

Electrical Data
Power supply
Current IS

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

11.8 mm

5 … 18 V
20 mA

Characteristic

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 1.0 % (≤ 6 kHz)< 1.5 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Pin 3

Sig

Signal output

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

0.52 V… < US

Environment

Various motorsport and automotive connectors
available on request.

Target wheel diameter D
Thickness t

12.5 mm

SleeveDR-25

Width of teeth b1

3.8 mmAWG 24

Width of gap b2

4.7 mmWire size
Wire length L

15 … 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with yourorder.

14 May. 09

Width of sync. gap b3

162.34 mm

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

motorsport@bosch.com

237

Application Hint

Part Number

The HA-D can be connected directly to most control
units and data logging systems

Speed Sensor HA-D 90

Please specify the angle between the mounting andthe target wheel.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated lug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (seeEnvironment), the technical function has to betested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

238

motorsport@bosch.com

F 02U V00 334-01

Sensors

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

239

Temperature Sensors
Temperature Sensor NTC M6
This sensor is designed to measure thefluid temperatures of oil, water, fuel e.g.
For example, this signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or asa measurement value which is logged in adata acquisition system.
The

NTC-resistor

hasanegativetemperature coefficient. This means, thatwith

increasing

conductivity

rises

temperature
and

the

the

resistancedecreases. The NTC-sensor is a lacquercoated thermistor disk which is connected
via a copper-clad Fe wire to a AWG 24
cable. To achieve a perfect temperature
measurement, the thermistor is molded
into a high performance heat paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is the
combination

of

both

high

qualityproduction part and a robust, compact
design.
Application
Application
Storage Temperature Range
Max. Vibration

Mechanical Data
-55 … 125 °C

Male Thread

M6x1

0 … 100 °C

Wrench Size

10 mm

800 m/s2, 5 … 500 Hz

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Installation Torque

3 Nm

Weight w/o Cable

8,5 g

Sealing

4,47 x 1,78 mm

Max. Power @ 25 °C

200 mW

Characteristic

Nominal Resistance @ 25 °C

15 kOhm

Accuracy @ 25 °C± 1,1 °C

Accuracy @ 100 °C± 4,4 °C

240

Relative Resistance Tolerance @ 25 °C±5%Response Time Շ 63 in still water<9s

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Characteristic Application
R [Ω]

10.000.000-55

1.493.300

1.000.000-35366.720-20145.880-1083.317049.25410

29.9592018.73225

15.00030

12.012

40

7.894

50

5.356

60

3.651

70

2.545

80

1.804

90

1.301

100

945

110

704

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.

120

528

Sleeve125

460

Cable Size

Resistance [Ohm]T [°C]

100.000
10.000
1.000
100
-75

-50

-25

0

25
50
75
Temperature [°C]

100

125

150

Connectors and Cables
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Connector LoomASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Cable Length L

Application Hint
The NTC M6 can be connected directly to mostcontrol units using a pull-up resistor(typically 1 or 3 kOhm).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 50 cm

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Part Number
Temperature Sensor NTC M6

B 261 209 386-01

Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

241Temperature Sensor NTC M6-H
This sensor is designed to measure hightemperatures of air, oil, water, fuel e.g.
For example, this signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or asa measurement value which is logged in adata acquisition system.
The

NTC-resistor

hasanegativetemperature coefficient. This means, thatwith

increasing

conductivity

temperature

rises

and

the

the

resistancedecreases. The NTC-sensor is a lacquercoated thermistor disk which is connected
via a copper-clad Fe wire to an AWG 24
cable. To achieve a perfect temperature
measurement, the thermistor is moulded
into a high performance heat past.
The main benefit of the sensor is the
combination

of

both

high

qualityproduction part and a robust, compact
design.

Itisespeciallymeasurehigh(up to 300 °C).

designedtotemperatures

Application
Application
Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

Mechanical Data
-25 … 300 °C

Male thread

M6x1

0 … 100 °C

Wrench size

10 mm

800 m/s2, 5 … 500 Hz

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Installation torque

3 Nm

Weight w/o cable

8,5 g

Sealing

4.47 mm x 1.78 mm

Max. power at 25 °C

200 mW

Characteristic

Nominal resistance @ 25 °C

49.12 kΩAccuracy @ 25 °C± 1.84 °C

Accuracy @ 100 °C± 1.5 °C

242

Relative resistance tolerance @ 25 °C

8%Response time Շ 63 in still water<7s

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Characteristic Application
R [Ω]

10.000.000-25657,350

1.000.000-15

365,0400

162,210

10

98,322

25

49,120100

40

26,06510

60

12,140Resistance [Ohm]T [°C]

100.000
10.0001.000-50 -250

25

50

75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325

Temperature [°C]

80

6,119

100

3,300

Connectors and Cables

120

1,885

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

140

1,132

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

160

710

Pin 1

-

180

463

Pin 2

GND

200

312

220

217

Pin 3

SIG

240

155

Pin 4

-

260

113

Pin 5

-

280

85

300

64

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
SleeveCable size

Application Hint
The NTC M6-H can be connected directly to mostcontrol units using a pull-up resistor(typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 50 cm

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Part Number
NTC M6-H

B 261 209 989-01

Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

243Temperature Sensor NTC M8
This sensor is designed to measure thefluid temperatures of oil, water, fuel e.g.
For example, this signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or asa measurement value which is logged in adata acquisition system.
The

NTC-resistor

hasanegativetemperature coefficient; this means, thatwith

increasing

conductivity

rises

temperature
and

the

the

resistancedecreases. The NTC-sensor is a lacquercoated thermistor disk which is connected
via a copper-clad Fe wire to an AWG 24
cable. To achieve a perfect temperature
measurement, the thermistor is moulded
into a high performance heat paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is the
combination

of

both

high

qualityproduction part and a robust, compact
design.
Application
Application
Storage Temp. Range
Max. Vibration

Mechanical Data
-55 … 125 °C

Male Thread

M8x1

0 … 100 °C

Wrench Size

12 mm

800 m/s2, 5 … 500 Hz

Electrical Data
Characteristic
Max. Power at 25 °C
Nominal Resistance @ 25 °C

244

NTC

Installation Torque

3 Nm

Weight w/o Cable

10 g

Sealing

6.35 x 1.78 mm

200 mW

Characteristic

15 kΩ

Accuracy @ 25 °C± 1.1 °C

Accuracy @ 100 °C± 4.4 °C

Relative Resistance Tolerance±5%

Response Time Շ 63 in still water< 11 smotorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Characteristic Application

10.000.000

R [Ω]

-55

1.493.300-35366.720-20145.880-1083.3171.000

049.254100

1029.9592018.73225

15.00030

12.012

40

7.894

50

5.356

60

3.651

70

2.545

80

1.804

90

1.301

100

945

110

704

120

528

125

460

Resistance [Ohm]T [°C]

1.000.000
100.000
10.000

-75

-50

-25

0

25
50
75
Temperature [°C]

100

125

150

Connectors and Cables
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Connector LoomASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 50 cm

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Application Hint

Part Number

The NTC M8 can be connected directly to mostcontrol units using a pull-up resistor(typically 1 or 3 kΩ).

NTC M8B 261 209 384-01

motorsport@bosch.com

245

Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

14 May. 09

Temperature Sensor NTC M12
This sensor is designed to measure thefluid temperatures of oil, water, fuel e.g.
For example, this signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or asa measurement value which is logged in adata acquisition system.
The

NTC-resistor

hasanegativetemperature coefficient. This means, thatwith

increasing

temperaturetheconductivity rises. The conductive elementof the temperature sensor is made ofsemiconducting heavy metal oxide andoxidized

mixed

crystals,

which

are

equipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the
combination

of

both

high

qualityproduction part and a robust, compact
design.

Furthermore

thesensorisavailable with a series or military spec
connector.
Application
Application
Storage Temp. Range
Max. Vibration

Mechanical Data
-40 … 130 °C

Male Thread

M12x1,5

0 … 100 °C

Wrench Size

19 mm

Installation Torque

25 Nm

Weight w/o Cable

29 g

600 m/s2

Electrical Data
Characteristic
Nominal Resistance @ 20 °C

NTC
2,5 kΩ ± 5 %Characteristic
Accuracy @ 25 °C± 1,4 °C

Accuracy @ 100 °C± 3,4 °C

Response Time Շ 63 in still water246

motorsport@bosch.com< 15 sSensors

Characteristic Application
R [Ω]

100.000-40

45.31310.000-30

26.114-20

15.462

-10

9.397

0

5.896

10

3.792

20

2.500

30

1.707

40

1.175

Connectors and Cables

50

834

Connector

Bosch Jetronic

60

596

Connector Loom

D 261 205 288

70

436

Pin 1

SIG+

80

323

90

243

Pin 2

SIG-

100

187

Pin 3

-

110

144

Pin 4

-

120

113

Pin 5

-

130

89

Resistance [Ohm]T [°C]

1.000
100
10
1
-50

-25

0

25
50
75
Temperature [°C]

100

125

150

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.

Application Hint

Part Number

The NTC M12 can be connected directly to mostcontrol units using a pull-up resistor(typically 1 or 3 kΩ).

NTC M120 280 130 026

motorsport@bosch.com

247

Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

14 May. 09

Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H
This sensor is designed to measure thetemperature of oil, water, fuel, air e.g. For
example, this signal is used as a control
value for engine control units or as ameasurement value which is logged in adata acquisition system.
The

NTC-resistor

hasanegativetemperature coefficient. This means, thatwith

increasing

temperaturetheconductivity rises. The conductive elementof the temperature sensor is made of semi
conducting
oxidized

heavy

mixed

metal

oxide

and

crystals,

which

are

equipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the
combination

of

both

high

qualityproduction part and a robust, compact
design. It also provides a short response
time.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application-40 … 150 °C

Male Thread

M12x1,5

Storage Temperature Range-30 … 60 °C

Wrench Size

19 mm

Installation Torque

18 Nm

Weight w/o Cable

28,3 gMax. Vibration

300 m/s2

Electrical Data
Characteristic
Nominal Resistance ±5 %

248

NTC
2,5 kΩ @ 20 °C

Sealing

Al-washer

Characteristic
Accuracy @ 25 °C±1,4 °C

Accuracy @ 100 °C±0,8 °C

Response Time Շ 63 in still water< 15 smotorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Characteristic Application
R [Ω]

100.000-40

45.31310.000-30

26.114-20

15.462

-10

9.397

0

5.896

10

3.792

20

2.500

30

1.707

40

1.175

Connectors and Cables

50

834

Connector

Bosch Compact

60

596

Connector Loom

D 261 205 337

70

436

Pin 1

Sig+

80

323

Pin 2

Sig-

90

243

100

187

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.

110

144

120

113

130

89

140

71

150

57

Resistance [Ohm]T [°C]

1.000
100
10
1
-50

Application Hint

Part Number

The NTC M12-H can be connected directly to mostcontrol units using a pull-up resistor(typically 1 or 3 kΩ).

NTC M12-H

-25

0

25

50
75
100
Temperature [°C]

125

150

175

0 281 002 170

Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

249

Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L
This sensor is designed to measure thetemperature of air.

For example, thissignal is used as a control value for engine
control units or as a measurement value
which is logged in a data acquisition
system.
The

NTC-resistor

hasanegativetemperature coefficient. This means, thatwith

increasing

temperaturetheconductivity rises. The conductive elementof the temperature sensor is made ofsemiconducting heavy metal oxide andoxidized

mixed

crystals,

which

are

equipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the
combination

of

both

high

qualityproduction part and a robust, compact
design. It also provides a short response
time.
Application
Application
Storage Temperature Range
Max. Vibration

Mechanical Data
-30 … 60 °C

Male Thread

M12x1,5-30 … 60 °C

Wrench Size

19 mm

Installation Torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o Cable

24,6 g

300 m/s2, 50 … 250 Hz

Electrical Data
Characteristic
Nominal Resistance ±5 %

250

NTC
2,5 kΩ @ 20 °C

Characteristic
Accuracy @ 25 °C±1,4 °C

Accuracy @ 100 °C±3,4 °C

Response Time Շ 63 in still water< 10 smotorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Characteristic Application
R [Ω]

-40

45.313-30

26.114-20

15.462

-10

9.397

0

5.896

10

3.792

20

2.500

30

1.707

40

1.175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

100.000
Resistance [Ohm]T [°C]

10.000

1.000

100
-50

-25

0

25
50
75
Temperature [°C]

100

125

150

Connectors and Cables
Connector

Bosch Compact

Connector Loom I

D 261 205 289

Pin 1

Sig+

323

Pin 2

Sig-

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

140

71

Application Hint

Part Number

The NTC M12-L can be connected directly to mostcontrol units using a pull-up resistor(typically 1 or 3 kΩ).

NTC M12-L

0 280 130 039

Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

251Temperature Sensors Infrared
Temperature Sensor Infrared TI-16-r / TI-16-s
Thisinfrared

designedfor

temperatureanonsensorcontact

issurfacetemperature measurement of various parts(e.g. tires, brake discs, and cylinder
heads) based on IR radiation.
Using ruggedized silicon-coated optics,
internal electronics and cabling packaged
inside a stainless steel housing, thissensor measures the emitted infrared
radiation of an object and calculates its
temperature. The output signal has alinear characteristic
output voltage).

(temperaturevs.

The main features of this sensor are its
compact size, robust design, and highsignal quality at a low cost. In addition, it
offerstheabilitytochangethetemperature range, the output voltage andemissivity by request.
Application
Application

Mechanical Data
0 … 160 °C

Male Thread

Operating Temp. Range(sensing head)-20 … 120 °C

Wrench Size

14 mm

Length Housing

28 mm

Operating Temp. Range(electronics)-20 … 70 °C

Weight with Cable 1 m

Storage Temperature Range-40 … 85 °C

Electrical Data

Relative Humidity

10 … 95 %Power Supply US

Max. Vibration
any axis

3 m/s2 @ 11 … 200 Hz
50 m/s2, 11 ms shock

42 g

5 … 28 V

Max Power Supply US

28 V

Full Scale Output UA

0…5V

Current IS

252

M12x1 mmmotorsport@bosch.com

9 mA

Sensors

Characteristic
Emissivity(predefined)
Optical Resolution
Spectral Range
Compensated Range
Temperature resolution@ Tobj < 100 °C
System Accuracy@ 23 °C tamb,or max. value
Repeatability@ 23 °C tamb,or max. value
Sensitivity

Application Hint
[1] 0,95 (rubber)[2] 0,80 (steel)

The TI-16 can be connected directly to most control
units and data logging systems.

10 : 1

The temperature measurement range can bechanged anywhere in the range of -20 °C to 1000 °C
per request.

8 … 14 μm-20 … 120 °C
0,1 °C± 1,5 °C or 1,5 %± 0,75 °C or 0,75 %The emissivity can be changed by request.
The predefined emissivity can differ from the realemissivity.
To determine the emissivity, please contact Bosch
Motorsport for assistance.
The sensor is protected against reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Sensor can be mounted in any orientation.

31,25 mV/°C

Offset0 mVDo not disconnect the electronics housing from thesensor.
The sensor meets the EMV qualification
89/336/EWG.

Connectors and Cables
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Connector LoomASL 0-06-05SN-HE

For mounting please use only the integrated thread.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Prg

Pin 5

Scr

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.
SleeveCable Size
Cable Length L

Viton

To clean the lens use only a soft, wet (water orwater based glass cleaner) cloth -> NO DISSOLVER
cleaner!
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers

AWG 26

TI-16-r [1]

F 01T A21 207

70 … 100 cm

TI-16-s [2]

F 01T A21 209

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

253

Temperature Sensor Infrared TI-100-s / TI-100-cThisinfrared

designedfor

temperatureanonsensorcontact

issurfacetemperature measurement of various parts(e.g. tires, brake discs, and cylinder
heads) based on IR radiation.
Using ruggedized silicon-coated optics,
internal electronics and cabling packaged
inside a stainless steel housing, thissensor measures the emitted infrared
radiation of an object and calculates its
temperature. The output signal has alinear characteristic
output voltage).

(temperaturevs.

The main features of this sensor are its
compact size, robust design, and highsignal quality at a low cost. In addition, it
offerstheabilitytochangethetemperature range, the output voltage andemissivity by request.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 1000 °C

Male Thread

Operating Temp. Range(sensing head)-20 … 120 °C

Wrench Size

14 mm

Operating Temp. Range- 20 … 70 °C (electronics)

Length Housing

28 mm

Weight with Cable 1 m

Storage Temperature Range-40 … 85 °C

Relative Humidity

10 … 95 %Electrical Data

3 m/s2 @ 11 … 200 Hz
50 m/s2, 11 ms shock

Power Supply US

Max. Vibration
any axis

42 g

5 … 28 V

Max Power Supply US

28 V

Full Scale Output UA

0…5V

Current IS

254

M12x1 mmmotorsport@bosch.com

9 mA

Sensors

Characteristic
Emissivity(pre defined)
Optical Resolution
Spectral Range
Compensated Range
Temperature resolution@ Tobj < 100 °C

Application Hint
[1] 0,80 (steel)[2] 0,75 (carbon)

The TI-100 can be connected directly to mostcontrol units and data logging systems.

10 : 1

The temperature measurement range can bechanged anywhere in the range of -20 °C to
1.000 °C per request.

8 … 14 μm-20 … 120 °C
0,1 °C

System Accuracy@ 23 °C tamb, or max. value± 1,5 °C or 1,5 %Repeatability@ 23 °C tamb, or max. value± 0,75 °C or 0,75 %Sensitivity

5 mV/°C

Offset0 mVConnectors and Cables
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Connector LoomASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Prg

Pin 5

Scr

Various military and automotive connectors onrequest.
SleeveCable Size
Cable Length L

Viton
AWG 2670 … 100 cm

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

14 May. 09

The emissivity can be changed by request.
The predefined emissivity can differ from the realemissivity.
To determine the emissivity, please contact Bosch
Motorsport for assistance.
The sensor is protected against reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Sensor can be mounted in any orientation.
Do not disconnect the electronics housing from thesensor.
The sensor meets the EMV qualification
89/336/EWG.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated thread.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.
To clean the lens use only a soft, wet (water orwater based glass cleaner) cloth -> NO DISSOLVER
cleaner!
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Numbers
TI-100-s (steel) [1]

F 01T A21 210

TI-100-c (carbon) [2]

F 01T A21 211

motorsport@bosch.com

255

Thermocouple Probes
Thermocouple Probe TCP-K
This sensor is designed to measure
exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,300 °C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors,which

supplyatemperaturecorresponding voltage, due to its thermo
electricalbehaviour,

without

any

additional external energy. The mantle
thermocouple has a metal mantle which
includes two inner wires made of thermo
material (NiCr-Ni). The wires are isolated.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is a very quick response time, thecombination of high quality production
part and robust design with metal housing
and motorsports spec connection.
Application
Application

Connectors and Cables-200 … 1,300 °C

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

Operation Temp. Range of ext. Electronics-55 … 125 °C

Connector LoomASL 0-06-05SD-HE

Pin 1

-

Max. Vibration

Pin 2

Sig+

Pin 3

Sig-

Pin 4

-

800 m/s2 @ 5 … 500 Hz

Electrical Data
Voltage Supply

NiCr/Ni Typ K

Full Scale Output

DIN IEC 584-1

Mechanical Data

Pin 5

Src

SleeveDR-25

Cable Size

AWG 24

Male Thread

see adapter

Cable Length L

Wrench Size

see adapter

Installation Torquesee adapter

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.

Weight w Cable

47 g

Sensor Tip Bend Radius

R 20

256

15 … 75 cm

Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Characteristic Application
Measuring Range

50

<4s

T [°C]

U [mV]-200-5.891-100-3.554

0

0.000

40

Voltage [mV]Response Time

100

60

± 1.5 °C

30
20
10
0
-200

-10

0

8.138

300

12.209400

16.397500

20.644600

24.905700

29.129800

33.275900

37.3261,000

41.2761,100

45.1191,200

48.8381,300

52.410

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

Temperature [°C]

4.096

200

200

Application Hint

Accessories

The TCP-K can be connected to Bosch Motorsport
ECUs with thermocouple inputs or to external
devices, which amplify the sensor voltage.

Adapter TCP-K

The sensor can be mounted individually according
to the customer request.

TCP-K

B 261 209 159

Part Number
B 261 209 385

The sensor tip is flexible/ bendable and can be fixed
by a special adapter (see B 261 209 159).
The length of the sensor tip can be modified onrequest.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

257

Thermocouple Probe TCP-NF
This sensor is designed to measure
exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,100 °C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors,which

supplycorrespondingatemperature

voltage,

due

to

it

thermoelectrically behaviour, with out any
additional external energy.

The mantle

thermocouple has a metal mantle which
includes two inner wires made of thermo
material (NiCr-Ni). The wires are isolated.
The

voltagewillbeamplifiedbyaintegrated electronic, which is powered by
12 V and supplies an output signal from0 to 5 V.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of high quality
production part, robust design and theintegrated amplifier.
Application
Application
Usage temperature range
Max. vibration

Mechanical Data
-40 … 1,100 °C

Male thread

M12x1-40 … 115 °C

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

45 Nm

Weight with wire

110 g

800 m/s2 @ 5… 500 Hz

Electrical Data
Supply voltage Us

12 V

Full scale output

0.5 … 4.5 V

258

Lengthmotorsport@bosch.com

630 mmSensors

Characteristic
33 s

T [°C]

U [mV]

-40

372

0

485

100

790

200

1,135

300

1,513

400

1,912

500

2,327

600

2,752

700

3,183

800

3,615

900

4,046

1,000

4,473

1,100

4,845

Voltage [mV]Response time

-40

Connectors and Wires
Connector
Mating connector

D 261 205 357
US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Wire size
Wire length

160

360
560
760
Temperature [°C]960

Application Hint
F 02U B00 292-01

Pin 1

Sleeve

5000
4500
4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 75 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested wire length with yourorder.

The TCP-NF can be connected to Bosch Motorsport
ECUs with a 0 ... 5 V analog signal inputs (w/o pullup resistor) or to external devices.
The sensor can be mounted individually according
to the customer request.
The signal output will be 0 V, if the sensor, thepower, or the signal wire failed.
The signal output will be > 5 V, if the ground wire
failed, or due to a short cut of the power and signal
wire.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Thermocouple Probe TCP-NF

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 821-03

259

Thermocouple Probe TCP-KA
This sensor is designed to measure
exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,250 °C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors
which

supplyatemperaturecorresponding

voltage,

due

to

its

thermoelectric

behaviour,

without

any

additional external energy source. The
thermocouple is made of two thermowires(NiCr-Ni) and housed and isolated in a
metal mantle. The thermovoltage will be
amplifiedbyanintegrated

electronic

circuit which is powered with 12 V andsupplies an output signal from 0 to 5 V.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of high quality
production part, robust design and its
integrated amplifier.
Application
Application

Connectors and Cables
0 … 1,250 °C

Operating Temp. Range (ext. electronics)
0 … 120 °C

Mechanical Data
Male Thread

M12x1

Wrench Size

17 mm

Installation Torque

15 Nm

Weight w Cable
Length85 g
250 mmElectrical Data
Voltage Supply

12 V

Connector
Connector LoomF 02U B00 292-01
D 261 205 357

Pin 1

Sig

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveCable Size
Cable Length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 75 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

Full Scale Output

0…5V

260

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Characteristic Application
Measuring Range

0 … 1,250 °C
20 s

T [°C]

U [mV]

0

0

50

197

100

399

200

793

300

1,190

400

1,598

500

2,012

600

2,427

700

2,839

800

3,243

900

3,638

1,000

4,022

1,100

4,396

1,200

4,759

1,250

5,000

Voltage [mV]Response Time

5000
4500
4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
-40

160

360
560
Temperature [°C]

760

960

Application Hint

Part Number

The TCP-KA can be connected to Bosch Motorsport
ECUs with a 0 ... 5 V analog signal input (w/o pullup resistor) or to external data logging devices.

TCP-KAF 02U V00 264-01

motorsport@bosch.com

261

The sensor can be mounted individually according
to the customers request.
Recommended bending radius of the cable is noless than 15 … 20 mm to ensure the sensor works
properly and for a longer lifespan of the sensor.
Please note that the electronics operating
temperature is from 0 to 120 °C.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Free download of the sensor configuration file(*.sdf) for Bosch Data Logging System(http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

14 May. 09

262

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Wire Potentiometers
Wire Potentiometer WP 35
The WP 35 is a wire potentiometer which
is designed to measure position, direction,
or rate of motion of moving mechanicalcomponents.
This

sensorconverts

mechanicalmovement into electrical signal using a
stainless

steel

cable

woundedonathreaded drum that is coupled to a
precisionrotarysensor.

Hence

the

electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact
style which allows for flexible and easy
installation. Due to its small size, precise
measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.
Application
Application
Temperature range
Max. cable acceleration
Max. cable tension
Shock
Vibration

Mechanical Data
0 … 38 mm-65 … 125 °C
290 m/s2
1.7 N
1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms
150 m/s2 @ 10 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Weight w/o cable
Possible mechanical range
Mounting
Tightening torqueLife expectancy

15 g
38.1 mm2 x 2-56 UNC
2.5 Nm5 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

19.1 x 19.1 x 9.7 mm

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

1%

Max. current

12 mA

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

263

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5
SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 45 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

264

The WP 35 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available
on request.
The angle of the displacement cable should be in
the range of ± 5 … 10° from normal direction to
avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the cable to snap back (freely retract).
This will cause damage and void the warranty.
Tension must be maintained on the cable at all
times.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
WP 35

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 541

Sensors

Wire Potentiometer WP 50
The WP 50 is a wire potentiometer which
is designed to measure position, direction,
or rate of motion of moving mechanicalcomponents.
This

sensorconverts

mechanicalmovement into electrical signal using a
stainless

steel

cable

woundedonathreaded drum that is coupled to a
precisionrotarysensor.

Hence

the

electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact
style which allows for flexible and easy
installation. Due to its small size, precise
measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.
Application
Application
Temperature range
Max. cable acceleration
Max. cable tension
Shock
Vibration

Mechanical Data
0 … 50 mm-65 … 125 °C
400 m/s2
3.3 N
1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms
150 m/s2 10 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Weight w/o cable
Possible mechanical range
Mounting
Tightening torqueLife expectancy

15 g
50.8 mm2 x 2-56 UNC
2.5 Nm100 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 24.4 x 11.4 mm

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

265Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5
SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 45 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

The WP 50 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available
on request.
The angle of the displacement cable should be in
the range of ± 5 … 10° from normal direction to
avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the cable to snap back (freely retract).
This will cause damage and void the warranty.
Tension must be maintained on the cable at all
times.
Repair service is available for this product.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
WP 50

266

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 542

Sensors

Wire Potentiometer WP 75
The WP 75 is a wire potentiometer which
is designed to measure position, direction,
or rate of motion of moving mechanicalcomponents.
This

sensorconverts

mechanicalmovement into electrical signal using a
stainless

steel

cable

woundedonathreaded drum that is coupled to a
precisionrotarysensor.

Hence

the

electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact
style which allows for flexible and easy
installation. Due to its small size, precise
measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.
Application
Application
Temperature range
Max. cable acceleration
Max. cable tension
Shock
Vibration

Mechanical Data
0 … 75 mm-65 … 125 °C
170 m/s2
2.8 N
1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms
150 m/s2 @ 10 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Weight w/o cable
Possible mechanical range
Mounting
Tightening torqueLife expectancy

28 g
76.2 mm2 x 2-56 UNC
2.5 Nm100 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 24.4 x 11.4 mm

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

267

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5
SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 45 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

The WP 75 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available
on request.
The angle of the displacement cable should be in
the range of ± 5 … 10° from normal direction to
avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the cable to snap back (freely retract).
This will cause damage and void the warranty.
Tension must be maintained on the cable at all
times.
Repair service is available for this product.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
WP 75

268

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 543

Sensors

Wire Potentiometer WP 100
The WP 100 is a wire potentiometer which
is designed to measure position, direction,
or rate of motion of moving mechanicalcomponents.
This

sensorconverts

mechanicalmovement into electrical signal using a
stainless

steel

cable

woundedonathreaded drum that is coupled to a
precisionrotarysensor.

Hence

the

electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact
style which allows for flexible and easy
installation. Due to its small size, precise
measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 100 mm

Weight w/o cable

Temperature range-65 … 125 °C

Possible mechanical range

Max. cable acceleration
Max. cable tension
Shock
Vibration

90 m/s2
3.3 N
1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms
150 m/s2 @ 10 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Mounting
Tightening torqueLife expectancy

57 g
101.6 mm2 x 2-56 UNC
2.5 Nm100 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 43.3 x 12.5 mm

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

269

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5
SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 45 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

The WP 100 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available
on request.
The angle of the displacement cable should be in
the range of ± 5 … 10° from normal direction to
avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the cable to snap back (freely retract).
This will cause damage and void the warranty.
Tension must be maintained on the cable at all
times.
Repair service is available for this product.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
WP 100270

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 544

Sensors

Wire Potentiometer WP 120
The WP 120 is a wire potentiometer which
is designed to measure position, direction
or rate of motion of moving mechanicalcomponents.
This

sensorconverts

mechanicalmovement into electrical signal using a
stainless

steel

cable

woundedonathreaded drum that is coupled to a
precisionrotarysensor.

Hence

the

electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact
style which allows for flexible and easy
installation. Due to its small size, precise
measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 120 mm

Weight w/o cable

Temperature range-15 … 60 °C

Possible mechanical range

Max. cable tension

2.2 N

Life expectancy

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

25 V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

0.15 %

Non-linearity

14 May. 09

Mounting
Dimensions

85 g
120 mm2 x Ø 4 & Ø 4.8
1 x 106 cycles
45.7 x 44.5 x 59.7 mm

1%motorsport@bosch.com

271

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5
SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 50 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.

The WP 120 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
The angle of the displacement cable should be in
the range of ± 5 … 10° from normal direction to
avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the cable to snap back (freely retract).
This will cause damage and void the warranty.
Tension must be maintained on the cable at all
times.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
WP 120Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

272

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A21 250

Sensors

Wire Potentiometer WP 125
The WP 125 is a wire potentiometer which
is designed to measure position, direction,
or rate of motion of moving mechanicalcomponents.
This

sensorconverts

mechanicalmovement into electrical signal using a
stainless

steel

cable

woundedonathreaded drum that is coupled to a
precisionrotarysensor.

Hence

the

electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact
style which allows for flexible and easy
installation. Due to its small size, precise
measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application

0 … 125 mm

Weight w/o cable

Temperature range-65 … 125 °C

Possible mechanical range

Max. cable acceleration
Max. cable tension
Shock
Vibration

80 m/s2
2.8 N
1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms
150 m/s2 @ 10 … 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Mounting
Tightening torqueLife expectancy

85 g
127.5 mm2 x 2-56 UNC
2.5 Nm100 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 50.5 x 13.2 mm

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

273

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

SleeveCable size
Cable length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 45 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors onrequest.
Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

The WP 125 can be connected directly to mostelectronic control units and data logging systems.
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available
on request.
The angle of the displacement cable should be in
the range of ± 5 … 10° from normal direction to
avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the cable to snap back (freely retract).
This will cause damage and void the warranty.
Tension must be maintained on the cable at all
times.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
WP 125274

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 545

Sensors

Yaw Rate Sensor
Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 2This sensor is designed to measure thephysical effects of yawing and lateral
acceleration. In order to achieve this, thesensor features both a measuring element
for yaw rate and one for acceleration, with
one appropriate integrated circuit.
A rotation around the third orthogonalaxis, a yaw rate, creates a Coriolis force
on the accelerometers, which is detectedby the element. Apart from the measuring
element for yaw rate, a pure surface
micromachined measuring element for
acceleration is utilised to measure thevehicles lateral acceleration. This enables
a very precisely application.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is the combination of high quality
production part and low price.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application I±100 °/s

Application II±1.8 gOperating Temperature Range
Response Time

-40 … 85 °C<1sElectrical Data
Power Supply

8 … 16 V

Input current

75 mA

Max Input current

120 mA

Upper Output Limit 4,54.35 … 4.65 V

Lower Output Limit 0,50.35 … 0.65 V

Reference Voltage Output 2.5

14 May. 09

2.464 … 2.536 V

Weight w/o Cable
Size

90 g
34 x 80 x 84 mm

Characteristic Application I
Measuring Range

100 °/sOverrange Limit

1000 °/s

Nominal Scale Factor

18 mV/°/s

Characteristic Application II
Measuring Range±2 gOverrange Limit±4 g

Nominal Scale Factor

1 V/gmotorsport@bosch.com

275

Connectors and Cables
Connector
Connector LoomPin 1

Application Hint
AMP 114-18063-076
F 02U 002 235-01
Ref

Pin 2

Bite

Pin 3

SigYRS

Pin 4

SigAY

Pin 5

Gnd

Various motorsport and automotive connectors onrequest.
SleeveCable Size
Cable Length L

DR-25
AWG 24
15 … 100 cm

The YRS 2 can be connected directly to mostcontrol units and data logging systems.
The sensor is protected against reverse polarity andshort-circuits.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated thread.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 2Please specify the requested cable length with yourorder.

276

motorsport@bosch.com

0 265 005 262

Sensors

Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3This sensor is designed to measure thephysical effects of yawing, lateral andlongitudinal

acceleration.

In

order

to

achieve this, the sensor features both ameasuring element for yaw rate and twofor acceleration, with one appropriate
integrated circuit.
A rotation around the third orthogonalaxis, a yaw rate, creates a Coriolis force
on the accelerometers, which is detectedby the element. Apart from the measuring
element for yaw rate, a pure surface
micromachined measuring element for
acceleration is utilised to measure thevehicleslateralandlongitudinal

acceleration. This enables a very precise
application.
The main feature and benefit of thissensor is its wide measuring range, thestandardized

1

Mbaud/s

CAN-signal

output and the combination of high quality
production part and robust design.
Application
Application I
Application II
Operating Temperature Range
Response Time

Mechanical Data
±160 °/s±4.1 g-40 … 85 °C<1sElectrical Data

Weight w/o Cable
Size

65 g
34 x 80 x 84 mm

Characteristic Application I
Measuring Range±160 °/s

Overrange Limit±1,000 °/s

Power Supply

7 … 18 V

Absolute Resolution

0.1 °/sMax Input current

130 mA

Cut-off Frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s

Characteristic Application II
Measuring Range

14 May. 09±4.1 gOverrange Limit±10 g

Absolute Resolution

0.01 gCut-off Frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

motorsport@bosch.com

277

Connectors and Cables

Application Hint

Connector

AMP 114-18063-076

Connector loom

The YRS 3 can be connected directly to mostcontrol units and data logging systems.

F 02U B00 240-01

Pin 1

The sensor is protected against reverse polarity andshort-circuit.

GND

Pin 2

CANL

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

UBAT

Pin 5

-

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixing
holes.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do
not exceed the sensor specifications.

CAN Parameters
Byte order

LSB (Intel)

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s

Bit mask

Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number

SignedOffset (all signals)
Quantisation Yaw Rate 10x8000 hex
0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantisation Yaw Ang. Acc

0.125 [°/s2/digit]

Quantisation Acc X-Axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantisation Acc Y-Axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3

0 265 005 838

CAN Message
CAN_ID_01 0x70
Byte

0

Value

1
Yaw Rate 1

2

3

4

Reserved

5
Acc Y Axis

6

7

Reserved

Unused6

7

Reserved

UnusedCAN_ID_02 0x80
Byte
Value

278

0

1

Yaw Angular Acceleration

2

3
Reservedmotorsport@bosch.com

4

5
Acc X Axis

Electronic Throttle Control

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

279

Electronic Throttle Grip ETG
Drive by wire system for motorcycles
This new Electronic Throttle Grip (ETG)
eliminates the throttle cables connecting
the throttle grip and the throttle body andreplaces them with a single electricalconnection.
The grip is spring loaded to return to theidle position where a damping element
and 10° free play below the idle position
provide optimal control and feel for the
rider. The grip includes two redundantsets of magnetic sensors to ensure amaximum safety and reliability.
There is an integrated switch denoting
three power settings for the bike: OFF,IGN ON and START.
Application
Temperature range

0 … 80 °C

Max. vibration

800 m/s² @ 5 Hz … 2 kHz

Size of housing
WeightMounting

80 x 60 x 160 mm

Connector

326 gConnector

AS 6-10-35PN

Mating connector

AS 1-10-35SN

handlebar ø 22.2 mm

Working angle + free play

60° + 10°

Pin 1

terminal 30

4.5 NmPin 2

terminal 15

Pin 3

terminal 50 (Starter)

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

5 V supply (Signal I)

Pin 6

5 V supply (Signal II)
Gnd (Signal I)
Gnd (Signal II)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

The ETG can be connected directly to control units
with ETC functionality.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Mechanical Data

Tightening torque

Application Hint

2x5V

Characteristic
Output Signal I

0.15 V … 2.325 V (0° … 70°)

Pin 8

Output Signal II

0.3 V … 4.65 V (0° … 70°)

Pin 9
Pin 12Signal I (screened)

Pin 13Signal II (screened)

Part Number
El. Throttle Grip ETG

Cs
280

motorsport@bosch.com

Chassis & Brake Control

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

281

ABS M4 Kit
The ABS M4 kit is developed for theoperation in front or rear drive vehicles. A
vehicle specific wire harness is included in
the kit. The ABS M4 is specifically adaptedformotorsports

use.

Individualcarparameters can be calibrated with theincluded software.

Mechanical Data

Electrical Data

Hydraulic unit with attached ECUPower Supply and Consumption

Dust and splash proof production housing

Supply voltage

Vibration damped circuit board

Max. peak voltage

38 pin connector

Power consumption

2 hydraulic valves per wheel

Brake pressure (front brake circuit)

2 hydraulic accumulators 3 ccm/each
2 x master cylinders M12x1
4 x brake cylinders M10x1
125 x 80.3 x 129.6 mm

Weight1,850 gOperating temperature
Max. shock

8 W stand-by,
230 W in operation

4 active wheel speed DF11

2 hydraulic high pressure pumps

Size

35 V for 200 ms

Inputs2 brake circuits (front and rear)Standard fittings

8 … 16 V, max. 26 V for 5 min-30 … +130 °C
50 g less than 6 ms

Longitudinal acceleration
Lateral acceleration
Yaw rate
12 position function switch
10 switch positions are preconfigured for different
setups2 switch positions programmableContent of Kit

Brake light switch

Hydraulic unit with attached ECU

Outputs

Pressure sensor

ABS warning light (MIL)

Yaw/acceleration sensor

Control of internal ABS valves

12 position function switch

Control of pump motor

4 wheel speed sensors DF11 standard

Communication

ABS warning light

CAN interface

Programming and diagnostic software
Vehicle specific wire harness
Vibrations dampening boards

282

motorsport@bosch.com

Optional Accessories

Part Numbers

Data logger C SportF 01T A20 061

Display DDU SportF 01T A20 050

MSA-Box

B 261 208 015-01

Single-wheel-speed interface without connectors
F 02U V00 225-01
Four-wheel-speed interface with production
connectors
F 02U V00 209-01
Four-wheel-speed interface with motorsports
connectors
F 02U V00 203-01

ABS M4 Kit 1 (wire harness and wheel speed
sensors with production-type connectors)
F 02U V00 289-01
ABS M4 Kit 2 (wire harness and wheel speed
sensors with motorsports connectors)
F 02U V00 290-01
Different variations of DF11 sensors for vehicle
individual applications on request.

Adapter wire harness for connection of data logger
C Sport
F02U V00 309-01

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

283

Displays284

motorsport@bosch.com

Display DDU SportThe DDU Sport is a light and compact
dashboard unit with a high contrast
monochrome display. Customised display
configurations can be programmed to suit
individual customer requirements. All
illuminated components are dimmable.
For enhanced flexibility the DDU Sport canbe interfaced to a range of stand-alone I/O
modules that provide the driver withadditional

informationoralternatively

enable the driver to interface
multiple vehicle functions.

with

The display has an integrated logger witha memory capacity of 512 MB. Engine dataof the ECU can be received via CAN
interface.
Data acquisition and calibration software
RaceLab Sport and one set of mating
connectors are inclusive.
Application

Electrical Data

LCD display / LED background light

7 sequential shift LEDs

4 programmable pages

512 MB Data logger integrated

Active area

91 x 56 mm

4 analog inputs (0 … 5 V) 10 bit resolution

Resolution

240 x 128 pixel

4 digital inputs (HL = 2.5 … 32 V)

Dot size

0.38 x 0.41 mm

Real Time Clock

Mounting

4 x M5 threads on reverse side

4 internal switches for operation (pages, mode,setting), available also on reverse side connectors

Weight160 x 110 x 26 mm
433 g

Max. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)
Temperature

14 May. 09

1 x 100 Mbit LAN
Voltage supply range: 7,5 … 35 V
Sensor supply: 5 V, 500 mA

Mechanical Data
Dimensions

2 x CAN-Bus

SoftwareData acquisition and calibration with RaceLab Sport
via Ethernet-10 … 65 °C

motorsport@bosch.com

285

Connectors
Mating connector

Part Number
3 x Binder 712 99 0425 00 08

DDU Sport

Connector 1 (red)Pin 1

Input, digital 1

Pin 2

Input, digital 2

Pin 3

Input, digital 3

Pin 4

Input, digital 4

Pin 5

Input, terminal 30

Pin 6

Input, terminal 15

Pin 7

Input/Output, GND

Pin 8

Output, US

Connector 2 (green)
Pin 1

Input, KEY4

Pin 2

Input, KEY3

Pin 3

Input, KEY2

Pin 4

Input, KEY1

Pin 5

Input, AIN3

Pin 6

Input, AIN2

Pin 7

Input, AIN1

Pin 8

Input, AIN0

Connector 3 (blue)
Pin 1

Input/Output, CANB-LOW

Pin 2

Input/Output, CANB-HIGH

Pin 3

Input/Output, CANA-LOW

Pin 4

Input/Output, CANA-HIGH

Pin 5

Input, RX- LAN

Pin 6

Input, RX+ LAN

Pin 7

Output, TX- LAN

Pin 8

Output, TX+ LAN286

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A20 050

Display DDU 4
The DDU 4 is a light and compact
dashboard unit with a high contrast colour
display. Up to 12 customized display
pages

can

be

programmed

to

suit

individual customer requirements. All
illuminated components are dimmable.
Mathematic functions and alarms can be
programmed and linked to display values
and LEDs. Using the CAN interface the
DDU 4 can be connected to any ECU.
Application

Connectors

1x active matrix TFT high contrast colour display

Connector

Active area

111 x 83 mm

Pin 1

Ubatt

Resolution

320 x 240 pixel

Pin 2

Serial_RXD

Dot size

0.116 x 0.348 mm

Pin 3

Serial_TXD

Pin 4

GND_shield

Pin 5

CAN1_HI

Pin 6

CAN1_LO

Pin 7

GND

Pin 8

AGND

Pin 9

ANA1

Pin 10

ANA2

Pin 11

ANA3

Pin 12

ANA4

Pin 13

ANA5

Pin 14

Ubatt out

Pin 15

UNI_OUT1

Pin 16

CAN2_HI

10 LED multi purpose indication lights

Pin 17

CAN2_LO

Dedicated battery voltage measurement

Pin 18

ANA6

Pin 19ANA7SoftwarePin 20

ANA8

Configuration with RaceCon over MSA-Box

Pin 21

ANA9

Pin 22

UNI_OUT2

Mechanical Data
Dimensions

164 x 117 x 37 mm

Weight753 gMax. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)
Temperature-10 ... 75 °C

Display panel with optical double-sided antiglarecoating for highest contrast and display accuracy.

Electrical Data
1 x CAN interface for communication with ECU via
CCP and free configurable for any ECU messages
5 LED shift indicators (5 drivers, open collector,
2.2 A)

Accessories
Aluminium holder

F 01E B01 457

Part Number

Carbon fibre holder

F 01E B01 458

DDU 4 incl. cable, without holder

AS 6-12-35PN

F 01E B01 461

External switches for page select and brightness
adjustment
B 261 209 659
MSA-Box

14 May. 09

B 261 208 015-01

motorsport@bosch.com

287

Display DDU 6
The DDU 6 is a light and compact, steering
wheel mounted dashboard unit. It isequipped with a high contrast colour
display. Up to 12 customized display
configurations can be programmed to suit
individual customer requirements. All
illuminated components are dimmable.
Mathematic functions and alarms can be
programmed and linked to display values
and LEDs.
Using the CAN interface the DDU 6 can beconnected to any ECU.

Application

Electrical Data

1x active matrix TFT high contrast colour display

1 x CAN interface for communication with ECU via
CCP and free configurable for any ECU messages

Active area

54 x 72 mm

Resolution

240 x 320 pixel

5 LED shift indicators

Integrated switches for page select and brightness
adjustment.

4 LED warning lights

Mechanical Data

Connector

Dimensions

Connectors
AS 6-12-35PN

165 x 104 x 32 mm

Pin 1

Ubatt

342 g

Pin 2

GND

Max. Vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Pin 3

CAN1_HI

Pin 4

CAN1_LO

Temperature

Pin 5

Serial_RXD

Pin 6

Serial_TXD

Weight-10 ... 65 °C

SoftwareConfiguration with RaceCon over MSA-Box

Accessories
MSA-Box

B 261 208 015-01

Part Number
DDU 6

288

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01E B01 459

Data Logging Systems

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

289

Data Loggers
Data Logger C SportThe data logger C Sport is a very compact
and lightweight data logger. It offers
analog and digital signals. The measured
data is stored on an internal 512 MB
memory. Engine data of the ECU can bereceived via CAN interface.
Acquisition

andcalibration

software

RaceLab Sport and one set of mating
connectors are inclusive.
Mechanical Data

Electrical DataSize

102 x 62 x 27 mm

Weight210 gMax. power consumption

4 W at 14 V

Required power supply

7.5 … 35 V

Aluminium housing

1 CAN Bus link (ECU)

Flexible housing fixation points

1 CAN Bus link (to cascade C Sportor attach DDU Sport)

Temperature range
Max. vibration-20 … 65 °C
Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix)

1 Ethernet connector (for PC connection)
512 MB internal memory

Software

Real time clock

Data acquisition and calibration with RaceLab Sport
via Ethernet

4 digital inputs
4 analog single ended inputs 16 bit resolution
4 analog differential inputs 16 bit resolution
1 digital output

Compatible ECUs
ECU MS 3.1, MS 3 Sport, MS 4.0, MS 4 Sport, MS 4
Sport Turbo, MS 4.4, MS 4.4 Sport, MS 4.4 Sport
Turbo

290

motorsport@bosch.com

Connectors
Mating connector

Part Number
4 x Binder 712 99 0425 00 08

C Sport

F 01T A20 061

motorsport@bosch.com

291

Connector 1 (bottom right)
Pin 1

Input, terminal 15

Pin 2

Input, terminal 30

Pin 3

OutputPin 4

Output, TX+ LAN

Pin 5

Output, TX- LAN

Pin 6

Input, RX+ LAN

Pin 7

Input, RX- LAN

Pin 8

Input/Output, GND

Connector 2 (top right)
Pin 1

Input/output, CANB-LOW

Pin 2

Input/output, CANB-HIGH

Pin 3

Input, digital 1

Pin 4

Input, digital 2

Pin 5

Input, digital 3

Pin 6

Input, digital 4

Pin 7

Output, US

Pin 8

Input/output, GND

Connector 3 (top left)
Pin 1

Input, analog 6+

Pin 2

Input, analog GND 5/6

Pin 3

Input, analog 7+

Pin 4

Input, analog 8+

Pin 5

Input, analog GND 7/8

Pin 6

Input, CANA-LOW

Pin 7

Input, CANA-HIGH

Pin 8

Input, analog 5+

Connector 4 (bottom left)
Pin 1

Diff. input, analog 1-

Pin 2

Diff. input, analog 2+

Pin 3

Diff. input, analog 2-

Pin 4

Diff. input, analog 3+

Pin 5

Diff. input, analog 3-

Pin 6

Diff. input, analog 4+

Pin 7

Diff. input, analog 4-

Pin 8

Diff. input, analog 1+

14 May. 09

CardMemory C 40 / C 40 Plus
The CardMemory is a device used for data
logging. The basic model C 40 is designed
for data transfer via CAN for Bosch
Motorsport ECUs. The extended model
C 40 Plus is developed to read in
additional 15 analog signals and 1 rev
signal. The measured data are stored on acompact flash card (not included).

Mechanical Data

Accessories

Aluminium housing

Flash card 128 MB

F 01E B01 105 01

Flexible housing fixation points

Flash card 256 MB

F 01E B01 106 01

Size

150 x 90 x 22 mm

Flash card 512 MB

F 01E B01 107 01

330 g

Flash card 1,024 MB

F 01E B01 108 01-40 … 75 °C

Flash card 2,048 MB

F 01E B01 109 01

Weight
ECU temperature
Max. vibration

15 g sinus
at 20 Hz … 2 kHz for t < 5 hElectrical Data
Max. power consumption

7 W at 14 V

1 microcontroller with 16 bit organisation
1 CAN interface
Real time clock
Total calculation capacity approximately 10 MIPS

Options

C 40 adapter cable

B 261 209 433

Compatible ECUs
MS 3.1, MS 3 Sport, MS 4.0, MS 4 Sport, MS 4
Sport Turbo, MS 4.4, MS 4.4 Sport, MS 4.4 Sport
Turbo

Mating connector C 40

AS0-14-35 SN

Mating connector C 40 Plus

AS0-14-35 SN

Part Numbers

15 analog inputs with 10 bit resolution and5 ms sample rate time (only C 40 Plus)
1 inductive crankshaft sensor interface
5 V/100 mA
10 V/100 mA

Calibration functions are realised with an additional
software tool292

B 261 206 864

Connectors

Non volatile flash card memory

Sensor supply outputs

Memory adapter (incl.)

C 40

F 01T A20 403

C 40 Plus

B 261 206 860

C 40 Plus incl. chassis adjust

B 261 206 880-02

All C 40 incl. memory adapter B 261 206 864
Upgrade C 40 to C 40 Pluson request

Software chassis adjust

on request

motorsport@bosch.com

Data Logging Accessories
Compact flash cards, adapters and drivers
are necessary to use the Card memory.
For some optional functions additional
cables and software are on offer.
Compact flash cards are offered with astorage capacity of up to 2048 MB. The
compact flash card adapter is used toinsert the card to the PCMCIA slot of the
PC for data
formatting.

download

and

card

In conjunction with the memory C40 Plus,a software tool for additional calibration
functions is offered. Together with anindividual cable harness it is possible tocalibrate further sensors for chassis data
logging. To connect memory C40 to thevehicle cable harness the special C40
adapter cable is necessary.

Conditions for UsePart Numbers

Operating temperature-40 … 84 °C

Flash card 128 MB

F 01E B01 105-01

Humidity

5 % to 95 %, non condensing

Flash card 256 MB

F 01E B01 106-01

Vibration

15 g peak to peakFlash card 512 MB

F 01E B01 107-01

max. 2,0 g

Flash card 1024 MB

F 01E B01 108-01

Flash card 2048 MB

F 01E B01 109-01

Memory adapter

B 261 206 864-01

Flash card adapter

B 261 205 814-01

Shock

14 May. 09

Software Chassis Adjust

B 261 206 870

C40 adapter cable

B 261 209 433

motorsport@bosch.com

293

Data Logging System DLS
System Overview
The Data Logging System (DLS) is a scalable, versatile, and flexible measurement systemfor conditioning and acquisition of sensor data in a race car. The DLS product family
consists of several hardware and software components which allow easy adoption tovarious measurement requirements.
Core component of the DLS is the C 55 data logger. It performs system configuration andmanagement tasks and also serves as a communication hub for the PC configuration
software. The C 55 communicates via its network interfaces with the ECU and up to eight
MSI 55 sensor interface boxes to enable synchronized acquisition of engine and chassis
data. The MSI 55 sensor interfaces provide high quality signal conditioning and data
conversion functionality.
Additionally the FM 40 telemetry transmitter and the BT 60 burst telemetry device can beconnected.
Various CAN expansion modules can be connected to provide additional input channels or
output functionality.
DLS Components

Technical Details

Data logger, System manager

C 55

High measuring accuracy by 12 bits A/D converter
resolution and tenfold oversampling

Burst telemetry

BT 60, BR 60

Online telemetry

FM 40

High recording rate up to 1 ms

Modular Sensor Interface

MSI 55High recording duration by CF card up to 1 GB

Extended CAN Modules
EM-L5, EM-C,EM-D8, EM-D1, EM-A6, EM-H4,

EM-I4

Online compression of measurement data

DLS configuration Software
System Software

Highly linear analog and digital filters

RaceConRaceCon, WinDarab

Modular concept allows scalable system
Synchronized acquisition of ECU and chassis
channels
Connectivity and data transfer via telemetry
Online calibration and system diagnosis with
RaceCon (included)294

motorsport@bosch.com

CardMemory C 55
The CardMemory C 55 is a device used for
data

loggingandDLS

systemmanagement. The measured data is stored
on a removable compact flash card with amaximum capacity of 1,024 MB (flash card
not included).
The

C

55

supports

measurement

twoparallelconfigurations

andrecording rates from 1 s to 1 ms. Datafromdifferent

Bosch

ECUs

can

be

recorded via the Ethernet and FireWirebuses. For sensor signal acquisition up to
eight

MSI

55

devicesconnected

via

FireWire are supported.
Long range as well as high-speed burst
telemetry is possible utilizing the FM 40
and BT 60 devices.
Mechanical Data
Size
WeightAccessories
157 x 92 x 30 mm

Flash card 256 MB

F 01E B01 106-01

500 g

Flash card 512 MB

F 01E B01 107-01

Flash card 1,024 MB

F 01E B01 108-01

Aluminium housing
Operating Temperature-20 … 65 °C

Max. vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

1 CAN interface
2 Fire wire interfaces

B 261 206 864

Compatible ECUs
MS 5.1, MS 5.2, MS 15.1, MS 15.2

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

Memory adapter

20 W at 14 V

Part Number
CardMemory C 55
F 01E B01 630(incl. memory adapter B 261 206 864)

2 Ethernet interfaces (100 MBit)
Real time clock
Non volatile flash card memory

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

295

Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55
The MSI 55 is a high quality signal
conditioning and data acquisition unit foranalog and digital sensors.
The MSI 55 offers 16 configurable analog
inputs. Each analog input channel features
a

4th

order

analogprefilter,

10x

lineardigitaloversampling and highly

filtering. The cut-of frequency of the digital
filters is automatically adjusted to matchthe acquisition rate. The latency of thedigital filters is corrected during recoding,yielding zero filter delay in the recorded
data.

The

evaluation

of

each

channelis

individually

measurement

MSI

configurable. Data is sent via FireWireinterface to the C 55 data logger.
Mechanical Data

Electrical DataSize

120 x 117 x 38 mm

Weight600 g

Max. power consumption

20 W at 14 V

16 bit digital signal processor, 150 MIPS

Aluminium housing

Required power supply

Filtered connectors of motorsports design with highpin density

4 differential analog inputs with switchable
amplifier and switchable pullup resistor

Vibration damped printed circuit boards

12 single ended analog inputs with switchable
pullup resistor

Operating temperature
Max. vibration-20 … 65 °C

15 g sinus at 1,200 Hz for t < 5 h

8 … 18 V

All analog inputs offer analog and digital antialiasing filter and 12 bit ADC resolution
4 frequency inputs 0 … 25.5 kHz for inductive
sensor / Hall-effect sensor
2 digital I/O
2 PWM outputs 100 mA
5 V sensor power supply
3 … 10 V configurable sensor power supply
12 V sensor power supply
Freely configurable 1 Mbit CAN Bus

Part Number
MSI 55296

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A20 024

Telemetry
Online Telemetry System Overview
The Bosch Motorsport Online Telemetry System enables the transmission of online
measurement data from a car on a racetrack. The vehicle part of the system consists of adata logger (C 40, C 55 or C 60) and the FM 40 telemetry transmitter. From the datalogger data is sent via a RS232 connection to the FM 40 . The FM 40 adds framing anderror correction information to the data stream and modulates its RF output which is fed
via an antenna cable to the TX antenna.
In the pits, the RF signal is picked up by a RX antenna connected to the pit receiver box.
Inside the receiver box, the signal is filtered and amplified by a low noise filter amplifier. It
is then sent to a UHF modem. The modem demodulates the data stream and performs
error correction if necessary. The output stream passes the data converter and istransferred via a connection cable to the server PC in the garage. This PC decodes the
car’s telemetry stream and distributes the information over the pit network.
Due to the high transmission power of 1 … 10 W of the Bosch FM 40 telemetry transmitter,near 100 % coverage is achieved on most tracks, even under race conditions with high RF
interference.

Car Antenna

Pit Antenna
Pit Receiver Box(Pit roof)

Telemetry
Transmitter FM 40
Cable (30m)

Control
Module

RS232

Vehicle System
Client PC

Client PC

Client PC

Data Logger
Ethernet Pit Network
Server PC

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

297

Telemetry Unit FM 40
The FM 40 is a half-duplex radio modem
suitableforreal-timetelemetrytransmission from a car on the racetrack.
The unit is offered in different hardware
versions for several frequency bands inthe 430 … 470 MHz range. Within theselected band, the transmission frequency
is software programmable in a ±1 MHz
range. The high RF output power of up to
10 W gives excellent range and good trackcoverage.
From the data acquisition system transmit
data is fed into the FM 40 via a RS232
interface. Typically the FM 40 is operated
as an unidirectional telemetry transmitter.
For other applications, half duplex
bidirectional operation is also possible.
Mechanical Data

Electrical DataSize

151 x 138 x 28 mm

Weight720 g

Housing with LED indicators

Half duplex radio modem (bidirectional)Internal data buffer and protocol management
Frequency range

Car antenna compatible to existing Bosch telemetry
systems.

Conditions for Use
Max. vibration
Temperature range
Max. power consumption

0 ... 60 °C
25 W at 14 V

International standard
I-ETS 300 220, ETS 300 113, FCC

Power / data

BNC female
CGK SOT 8N35 PN

1 ... 10 W

Receiver sensitivity-116 dBm
error detection and forward error correction (FEC)
RF channel bandwidth
Data interface
Data rate

ConnectorsRFF(center) ±1 MHz(software programmable)
Transmission power

60 m/s2 @ 20 Hz ... 2 kHz

430 ... 470 MHz(hardware adjustable)

Required power supply
Max. current

12,5 kHz @ 9.6 kbps
25 kHz @ 19.2 kbps
RS232
9.6 / 19.2 kbps
10 ... 18 V
< 2,5 APart Number
FM 40

298

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 208 898-01

Pit Receiver Box
The

Pit

Receiverelectronic
receiveBox

integrates

allcomponents

necessary

to

from

car

telemetrydataaequipped with a FM 40 transmitter in one
weatherproof

package.

Typicallythereceiver box is mounted on the pit roof as
close as possible to the RX antenna, thus
minimizing cable loss. The connection
cable to the receiving PC in the garage,
which can be up to 50 m long, also
supplies power to the Pit Receiver Box.
Different versions of the receiver box are
offeredtosupportseveralsystemconfigurations.
Mechanical data
WeightElectrical data
4.2 kgMax. distance receiver box to PC(with cable B 261 209 481)

-20 … + 50 °C
50 m

Antenna connector

BNC (Jack) 50 Ω

Data and power connector

motorsports type

Channel spacing
Sensitivity

fc ±1 MHz12.5/25 kHz≤ -116 dBm @ BER 10-3

Serial interface
RS232 (19.2 kBit/s, no parity,
8 data bit, 1 stop bit, no flow control)
Radio data rate
Operating voltage
Power consumption

14 May. 09

400 … 470 MHz

Working frequency band

Conditions for use
Working temperature range

Frequency range

motorsport@bosch.com

19.2 kbps (25 kHz channel)
9.6 kbps (12.5 kHz channel)
12 V (10 … 14 V)
approx. 7 W

299

Pit Receiver Box 1
The Pit Receiver Box 1 contains allelectronic

components

andcablesnecessary to receive data from a single
car, preassembled in a weatherproof box.
The external RX antenna is connected to a
low noise filter amplifier (LNA 1). The
amplified signal is then fed into the UHFreceiver which decodes the data stream.
The data converter is used to transmit thedata via the connection cable to the server
PC in the garage.
Part Number
Pit Receiver Box 1

F 01T A20 451-01

Pit Receiver Box 1/R
The Pit Receiver Box 1/R includes two
separate receiver systems which enable
the parallel reception of two telemetry
data streams. Two RX antennas can beconnected to the twin low noise filter
amplifiers (LNA 1, LNA 2).
Typical application are the reception oftelemetry data from two cars or a system
configuration with one car and a telemetry
relay station.
Part Number
Pit Receiver Box 1/R

300

F 01T A20 453

motorsport@bosch.com

Pit Receiver Box 2
The Pit Receiver Box 2 contains two UHF
receivers fed by a single RX antenna andlow noise filter amplifier (LNA). This
enables parallel telemetry data reception
from two cars, provided both transmitters
operate in the same frequency band.
Part Number
Pit Receiver Box 2

14 May. 09

F 01T A20 455

motorsport@bosch.com

301

Pit Receiver Package 1/R and 1
The Pit Receiver Packages 1/R and 1
contain antennas, rf cables, data cables
and the controller box, i.e. everything thatis required to start operation.
Part Number
Pit Receiver Package 1/R

F 01T A20 454

Content Pit Receiver Package 1/R
Pit Receiver Box 1/R

F 01T A20 453

HF antenna cable (8 m)

B 261 209 493

Rod antenna pit 7 dbi (2 m)

B 261 208 867

HF antenna cable pit (3 m)

B 261 209 492

Panel antenna pit 12 dBi

B 261 208 868

Connecting cable (50 m)

B 261 209 481

Control module RS232/RS422 pit

B 261 208 871

Telescopic aerial mast (7.7 m)

B 261 208 873

Part Number
Pit Receiver Package 1

F 01T A20 452

Content Pit Receiver Package 1
Pit Receiver Box 1

F 01T A20 451

HF antenna cable (8 m)

B 261 209 493

Rod antenna pit 7 dbi (2 m)

B 261 208 867

Connecting cable (50 m)

B 261 209 481

Control module RS232/RS422 pit

B 261 208 871

Telescopic aerial mast (7.7 m)

B 261 208 873

302

motorsport@bosch.com

Pit Receiver Package 2
The Pit Receiver Package 2 contains
antennas, rf cables, data cables and thecontroller box, i.e. everything that isrequired to start operations.
Part Number
Pit Receiver Package 2

F 01T A20 456

Content Pit Receiver Package 2
Pit Receiver Box 2

F 01T A20 455

HF antenna cable (8 m)

B 261 209 493

Rod antenna pit 7 dBi (2 m)

B 261 208 867

Connecting cable (50 m)

B 261 209 481

Control module RS232/RS422 pit

B 261 208 871

Telescopic aerial mast (7.7 m)

B 261 208 873

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

303

Telemetry Accessories
FM 40 Tester
The FM 40 Tester is used to check the
performance of telemetry components
installed in the car which includes the FM
40 in conjunction with the RF cable andthe antenna. The FM 40 tester indicates
RF output power as well as defective RF
cables or car antennas enabling quick
detection of faulty components.

Measurement range
Transmission power

Connectors
1 … 15 (60) W

VSWR

1…6

Frequency band

VHF / UHFRF

BNC male / female

Part number
FM 40 Tester

B 261 208 894

Telemetry Antenna Dummy LoadThe

telemetryantenna

dummy

load

replaces the telemetry car antenna whenrunning the FM 40 transmitter in theworkshop or the garage. It reduces highpower RF radiation.
Measurement range
RF power
VSWR
Frequency band

304

Connectors
15 W
1.1
VHF / UHFRF

BNC male / female

Part number
Telemetry Antenna Dummy Load B 261 208 900-01

motorsport@bosch.com

Telemetry Car Antenna
Ruggedtelemetryantennasforcarmounting.

Dual Band

Parameter

Connectors

Single Band Car Antenna

RF

Frequency band

UHF

Type

1/4λ

Pattern (hor.)omni

Length

150 mmSingle Band

BNC malePart number
Single Band Car Antenna

B 261 208 888

Dual Band Car Antenna

B 261 208 862

Dual Band Car Antenna
Frequency band

VHF / UHFGain

1/4λ / 5/8λ

Pattern (hor.)omni

Length

440 mmAntenna Cable Kit
For car mounting

RF cable for the installation of telemetry
antennas in the car. Intended for single
hole mounting.

Measurement range
LengthDrill hole diameter
Attenuation

14 May. 09

Connectors
max. 2 m (tbd.)
12,5 mmmax. 0.7 dB @ 2 m, 450 MHzRF

BNC male / female

Part number
Antenna Cable Kit

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 209 490-01

305

Burst Telemetry System Overview
The Bosch Motorsport Burst Telemetry System ideally complements the FM 40 long range
telemetry. High-resolution measurement data, as stored in the data logger of the dataacquisition system, is transferred automatically to the pit server PC when the car passes
the pits or the car is in the garage. This gives two advantages: high resolution
measurement data is already available in the pit network while the car is still out on track,enabling instant analysis and saving valuable track time. While the car is in the garage, theburst telemetry system gives a significant handling advantage: measurement data istransferred automatically to the pit server PC, e.g. after engine test runs.
The RF system operates in the license-free 5.1 … 5.8 GHz ISM band. The 32 selectable nonoverlapping channels allow great flexibility in channel selection. The robust OFDM
transmission scheme in combination with the high-quality band filter yield excellent
performance even in environments with high RF noise. Typically good data reception canbe achieved in a radius of approx. 300 m around the pit station, depending on antenna
location and track topology. If necessary, reception range can be extended by an optional
remote receiver station.
During the running lap, the data acquisition system stores engine and chassis data in nonvolatile memory. When a laptrigger is received, the current file is closed and data isprepared for burst transmission. As soon as the car reaches the reception range of the pit
receiver, data transmission starts automatically. An intelligent algorithm chooses thelapfile to transmit and resumes transmission if the link has been interrupted. Typically 6
Mbytes of measurement data can be transferred per lap during a race. The bi-directionaltransmission scheme ensures error-free reception. Privacy of measurement data is ensured
by 128-bit WEP encryption.
Burst Telemetry
Receiver BR 60F(Pit roof)

Car Antenna

Burst Telemetry
Transmitter BT 60F

Ethernet Cable(up to 75m)

Ethernet

Client PC

Client PC

Client PC

VehicleSystemEthernet Pit Network

Data Logger

Server PC

306

motorsport@bosch.com

Burst Telemetry System
Car Module BT 60F
The BT 60F car module is the vehicle
component of the Bosch Motorsport Burst
Telemetry

System.

The

compact

andlightweight unit receives measurement
data via a 100 MBit Ethernet connection
from the data acquisition system andcommunicates with the pit module overthe RF antenna. The system operates in
the 5.1 … 5.8 GHz ISM band and offers 32
non-overlapping channels. An internal highquality band filter eliminates out-of-band
RF noise, which enables fully encrypted
high speed data transmission at 12 MBit
under race conditions. Online diagnosis
and performance monitoring is possible
via the data acquisition system.
Mechanical Data

Electrical DataSize

139 x 96 x 22 mm

WeightRadio modem

Full duplex (bidirectional)

370 gTransmission power+26 dBm

Antenna Connector

SMA(f)

Receiver sensitivity-91 dBm @ 12 Mbps

Interface Connector

AS008-35SA (Deutsch)

Conditions for Use
Max. Vibration
Vibration profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)
Temperature range-20 ... +85 °C

Max. power consumption

3.5 W

Radio air interface

IEEE 802.11a

Wireless approvals

FCC Part 15.247, IC RS210,CE

Encryption

5.1 … 5.8 GHz ISM BandAir data ratetyp. 12 (max. 54) Mbps

Data interface
Antenna

Ethernet TP10/100
Gain = 3 dBi; omnidirectional

Power supply

8 ... 18 V

Rated current

0.25 A @ 12 VDC

WEP/WPAContent BT60F Set

Part Number

Radio modem

F 02U V00 039-02

Antenna (high band)

F 02U V00 040-01

Antenna (low band)

F 02U V00 134-01

Antenna socket

F 02U V00 041-01

Antenna cable

F 02U V00 042-01

14 May. 09

Frequency range

BT 60F Set

motorsport@bosch.com

F 02U V00 038-02

307

Pit Module BR 60F
The BR 60F pit module is the stationary
component of the Bosch Motorsport Burst
Telemetry

System.

omnidirectionalThe

antenna

high
is

gain

mounteddirectly at the receiver, minimizing cable
loss. The weatherproof housing allows
outdoor mounting of the unit, e.g. on thepit roof. 12 V DC power and 100 MBit
Ethernet connection to the pit server PC is
supplied via the connecting cable, which
can be up to 75m long. The system
operates in the 5.1 … 5.8 GHz ISM bandand offers 32 non-overlapping channels.
The high quality band filter eliminates outof-bandRFnoise.

This

enablesfully

encrypted high speed data transmission at
12

MBit

under

race

conditions.

A

directional antenna is available as an
option.
Mechanical Data
Size (overall incl. antenna)
WeightInterface Connector

Electrical Data
705 x 145 x 47 mm
1,250 gTransmission power

AS008-35SA (Deutsch)

Receiver sensitivity

Conditions for Use
Temperature range
Max. power consumption
Radio air interface-20 ... +85 °C
3.5 W
IEEE 802.11a

Wireless approvals FCC Part 15.247, IC RS210, CE
Encryption

WEP/WPAContent BR 60F Set

Full duplex (bidirectional)+26 dBm-91 dBm @ 12 Mbps

Frequency range

5.1 … 5.8 GHz ISM BandAir data ratetyp. 12 (max. 54) Mbps

Data interface
Antenna

Ethernet TP10/100
Gain = 10 dBi; omnidirectional

Power supply

8 ... 18 V

Rated current

0.25 A @ 12 VDCPart Number

Radio modem

F 02U V00 048-01

Antenna

F 02U V00 131-01

Antenna filter

F 02U V00 132-01

Fitting system

F 02U V00 133-01

Interface cable to the pit PC

B 261 209 742-01

308

Radio modem

BR 60F Set

motorsport@bosch.com

F 02U V00 047-02

Laptrigger Systems
Lap Trigger IR-02
This lap trigger system consists of an
infrared transmitter station and a receiverinstalled in the car. The system allows anexact laptime measurement.
Section time measurement for comparisonof different car setups is also available if
several transmitters are used.
Notice: our old lap trigger IR is notcompatible with IR-02. If both lap triggers
are

used

at

the

same

time,

the

transmitters have to be positioned with aminimum distance of 5 m.
Mechanical Data

Electrical Data

IR-02-ReceiverSize

IR-02-Receiver
42 x 20 x 10 mm

Weight16

Supply voltage

8 … 16 V

Aluminium housing

Output voltage

5V

IR-02-Transmitter

IR-02-Transmitter

Size with diode39 g

Frequency codes

90 x 40 x 28 mm

Weight124 gFrequency codes
Supply voltage

16 plus 16 offset codesfor section times
8 … 16 V

Conditions for Use
Working range
Ambient temperature

15 m-25 … 70 °C

Part Numbers

Same height between receiver and transmitter

IR-02-Receiver

Visibility connection between receiver andtransmitter

KPSE 6E8 3AP DN A34
ASL-6-06-05PD-HE

B 261 206 887

Avoid direct exposure to sunlight

KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN

B 261 206 888-01

IR-02-Transmitter

B 261 206 890-01

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

B 261 206 884-01

309

Lap Trigger HF 24
This lap trigger system HF 24 consists of ahigh frequency transmitter station and a
receiver which is installed in the car.
The system allows an exact lap timemeasurement. Section time measurement
for comparison of different car setups isalso available if several transmitters areused. We offer optionally a tripod for
mounting the transmitter anywhere along
the race track.
Mechanical Data

Electrical Data

HF 24 Receiver
Size

System
125 x 37 x 28 mm

Weight130 g

RF wideband chirp transmission
Working frequency band

Internal antenna with radome

User codes

Aluminium housing

HF 24 Receiver

HF 24 Transmitter

Sensitivity

Size2,40 … 2,47 GHz
16-92 dBm @ BER 10-3; 1 Mbps

290 x 118 x 93 mm

Supply voltage

6,5 … 30 V

1880 gConnector type

ASL 606-05PD-HE

WeightTripod

Pin 1

+12 V

Maximum height~ 150 cm

Pin 2

GND

Minimum height~ 65 cm

Pin 3

Trigger Out

Weight1370 gMechanical drawing
HF 24 Transmitter

Conditions of Use
Working range

up to 50 m

Ambient temperature-10 … 85 °C

Power consumption HF 24 ReceiverPower consumption HF 24 Transmitter

Y 261 A25 087

0,8 W
1W

Transmission power

10 dBmTransmitter antenna

flat panel

Supply voltage

10 … 30 V

Supply current

90 mA

Selection main / sub trigger
Low battery detection
Mechanical drawing

310

motorsport@bosch.com

Y 261 A25 038

Application Hints

Function Description

HF 24 Transmitter

The transmitter sends via the directional antenna
coded signals across the race track.

Before setting the main switch to ON, select thecode and the working mode (main / sub trigger).
The transmitter reads the switches for code andmain / sub trigger only once at power up.
After setting the main switch to ON the transmitter
executes a 10 sec. self test and then the transmitter
indicator begins to flash green, e.g. the transmitteris running.
The battery condition is permanently checked. If thebattery level becomes critical, the “low bat
indicator” becomes red. When the battery level
drops below 10 V, the transmitter stops working.
The green transmitter indicator stops flashing.

The receiver at the race car checks permanently theteam code and the signal parameters. If the trigger
condition is detected the receiver generates theappropriate output signal (main/sub trigger).
The trigger point is located at broadside of thetransmitter antenna.
After detecting the trigger point and releasing thetrigger signal the receiver is passive for a period of
two seconds avoiding a multiple trigger signal.

The transmitter should be placed at the border ofthe lane in a height of about 1.5 … 2.0 m.
HF 24 Receiver
Before switching on the DC power the code has tobe selected.
After switching ON the receiver executes a 10 sec.
self test and than it turns into the working mode.
When a trigger is detected the output pin goes low
for a certain time:-20 msec low @ main trigger-40 msec low @ sub trigger

Part Numbers
HF 24 Receiver

B 261 206 894

Standard output configuration:

HF 24 Transmitter

B 261 206 895

low side switch with R = 3.3 kOhm (*) to +5 VDC(*) can be modified according to user demands

TripodB 261 206 897

The white antenna radome must be turned to thetransmitter side and should not be mounted behind
metallic covers or carbon fiber filled elements.
Green indicator flashes when it detects a trigger
condition.

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

311

Software

312

motorsport@bosch.com

Calibration
RaceConRaceCon is an all integrated software tool for configuration / calibration of Bosch
Motorsport hardware products, such as ECUs, displays, loggers. The communication isbased on Bosch Motorsport MSA-Box interface.

General Functions

Required hardware components

Calibration maps & curves of Bosch Motorsport
ECUs

PC:

Datafile download and upload of Bosch Motorsport
ECUs
Parameterfile download and upload
Diagnostic functionality for Bosch Motorsport ECUs
Datafile / Workbase management

IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible,
min. 1.6 GHz
Min. 2 GB RAM
Min. 1 GB free HD space
VGA / WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Operating systems:

Integrated flash functionality

Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

Configuration Bosch Motorsport Displays(DDU 4, DDU 6, DDU 8)

Optional Accessories

Integrated Bosch Sensor Wizard

MSA-BoxConfiguration of Bosch Motorsport Data Loggers
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport DLS System

B 261 208 015-01

Part Number
RaceConincludedmotorsport@bosch.com

313

Configuration of Bosch Motorsport CAN Modules
CAN / CCP - Log functionality(Baud rate changeable)
Quick data access over Race Mode

14 May. 09

ModasModas is a software for measuring and calibrating defined engine values and curves. It is
specially designed for racetrack use. Developing Modas we set great store by easy
handling and quick access to the ECU.

General functions

Performance description

Online measurement and calibration

Project (Data) management

Universal use for different ECUs

Visualisation, processing and management ofcalibration, measurement and documentation data

Modas facilitates operating and working in by using
the Windows standard. In the office Modas iscontrolled by mouse or menue. If Modas is used in a
mobile way a fast grip is possible by keyboard andshortcuts.

Programming system
Programming and management of calibration data
Calibration system
Visualisation and manipulation of parameters

Required hardware components

Diagnosis system

PC

Visualisation, processing, documentation andevaluation of diagnosis data

IBM PC compatible min. 1.6 GHz
Approx. 512 MB RAM
Approx. 100 MB free harddisc space
VGA monitor (1024 x 768 p)

Part number
Modas V3

Operating systems
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

314

motorsport@bosch.com

Free download atwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Modas Sport
Modas Sport is the calibrating tool for Bosch Motorsport ECUs. It integrates a lot ofsensefull features to manage our engine control units at the dyno and the racetrack.

Feature Description

Interface

Calibration Tool for MS 3, MS 4.x, MS 5.x, MS 15,
MS 3 Sport, MS 4 Sport, MS 15 SportCAN (CCP) / K-Line (KWP2000)

Visualization, processing and management ofcalibration, measurement and documentation data

Required Hardware Components

Measuring system

IBM PC compatible min. 1.6 GHz

Numeric data visualization

Approx. 512 MB RAM

Bitwise, decimal, hexadecimal data visualization

Approx. 100 MB free harddisc space

Recording of measurement data (needs WinDarab
to analyze)

VGA monitor (1024 x 768 p)

Oszilloskop (graphic data visualization)

Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

Calibration system

PC

Operating systems

Visualization and manipulation of parameters(calibration data)

Optional Accessories

Parameter File Manager

Windarab Data Anaylsis Software

Data File Manager (Copy & Compare)
Macro Manager
Potiboard support integrated

MSA-Box

B 261 208 015-01
freePart Number
Modas Sport

on request

Administration
Workbase Management
Integrated K-Line Flashing Tool

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

315

Simulation
LapSimLapSim Chassis is both an analysis tool as well as a vehicle simulation program. By
further processing the on-car recorded data, using parts of the simulation models, a much
more profound analysis of the vehicle behaviour can be gained. Due to the direct link withthe simulation model, vehicle parameters can be validated like aerodynamics, tyre
behaviour, engine power, as well as driver performance. The visualisation of the vehicle
behaviour creates a much easier and better understanding of the influence of several
vehicle parameters on the performance independent of the technical background of theuser.

LapSim Engine supplies an easy to use engine simulation package capable of generatinga torque/power and a corresponding ignition curves out of the main parameters of anengine. The model is able to simulate any 4-stroke spark ignition (SI) race engine currently
seen on the market, with or without air restrictor(s). To summarize, the engine software isaiming for 95% accuracy but 5% the effort of complex engine software packages. The
engine software avoids a vast number of variables in order to define every engine detail, inorder to improve usability as well as computational performance. The engine package is
integrated in the lap simulation.

316

motorsport@bosch.com

Data analysis

Engine Simulation model

Post processing of the on-car recorded data withsimulation models. Calculating vehicle handlingstate, aerodynamics, differential function, etc.

Engine model generates torque/power curve as well
as ignition angle

Determination of tyre parameters out of on-car
recorded data. Possibility to analyse tyre
performance over the laps.
Direct comparison between several outings and/or
simulation model.
3D Animation of vehicle behaviour for a better andmore thorough understanding.
By comparing recorded data with simulation data avalidation possibility of vehicle parameters andvehicle functioning is made.
LapSim software adds all vehicle parameters to
WinDarab Files and creates automatic database.

Chassis Simulation model
Practical Pacejka like tyre model. Tyre parameters
can easily be determined out of on-car recorded
data. No tyre data required.
Full vehicle model including limited slip (or visco-)differential
3D Aero maps
Ride height dependent suspension kinematics
Calculation time 3-4 times faster than real car(PVI - 3 GHz)
Automatic set-up optimisation

14 May. 09

Normally aspirate engines, with or without
restrictor
2,3,4 and 5 valve cylinder heads
2-zone burn model in order to cope with all
possible compression ratios and chambergeometries
Ignition point is determined by adjustable maximum
pressure in cylinder
Fully adjustable camshaft profile
Engine model generates pressure curve over 720˚
crankshaft, which is integrated to calculate engine
torque/power
10 seconds calculation time for 0 - 10.000 rpm
range

Part numbers
LapSim Chassis Basic Version
Free download atwww.bosch-motorsport.com
LapSim Chassis License

B 261 206 432

LapSim Engine License

F 01T A20 056

LapSim Engine & Chassis License

F 01T A20 057

Upgrade LapSim Engine License

F 01T A20 058

Upgrade LapSim Chassis License

F 01T A20 059

UpdateLapSim Chassis or Engine

F 02U V00 287-01

UpdateLapSim Chassis & Engine

F 02U V00 288-01

motorsport@bosch.com

317

Analysis
WinDarab
Data Analysis Software
WinDarab is an evaluation tool for monitoring and analyzing of logged data. It is Windowsbased and specially designed for motorsports use. Depending on the functionality thesoftware is available in different versions, WinDarab-Light and WinDarab-Expert.
Additional we offer a „Free“ version without dongle.

Data Evaluation

Functionality

Auto load and auto store

Creating of race tracks

Adjustable axis: time or distanceSeveral segments adjustable for each race track

Direct read-in of memory data without reader

Lap reports and lap comparison

Graphic display of all measured and stored channels

Inform displays

Various displays available (analog and digital)

Data extract and export

Number of displays available
Various display set-ups selectable and storable
Laptrigger signal included

FunctionsMin./max. calculations
Histograms

Required hardware components

Mathematical functions

PC:

Filter functions incl. FFT

IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible,
min. 1.6 GHz

x/y-plots

Min. 1 GB RAM

Data Comparison

Min. 1 GB free HD space

Calculation of differences lap by lap

VGA / WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Operating systems:
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

Part Numbers
WinDarab-Free

Free download atwww.bosch-motorsport.com

WinDarab-LightF 01E B01 402

WinDarab-Expert

F 01E B01 418

Upgrade318

motorsport@bosch.com

on request

Encryption of data / access rights
The on-board recorded measuring data will be encrypted in the data logger via a so-called
project key. Each project key belongs to a specified project or customer.
Reading or viewing data with WinDarab „Light“ or „Expert“, is either possible with•a dongle with key information on it or•a project license with corresponding key information on the PC.

The project license can be installed on many PCs, whereas the single-user license needs
the stuck dongle for operation. So the data are secured against misuse.
Dongle-free working with WinDarab „Free“To install WinDarab on many PCs (like the project licenses) we offer WinDarab „Free“
exclusively for free available Bosch Motorsport software and project keys. To ensure ourcustomers data we will not offer a WinDarab „Free“ installation for customers program
datasets or project keys.
WinDarab Feature List
Free

Light

ExpertLimited number of opened files

2

4

–

Limited number of measuring data windows

1

2

–

Limited number of areas in measuring data windows

2

4

–

Views - Histogram

•

•

•

Views - (x/y)-Plot

•

•

•

Views - Distribution–

Function••

Views - Min/Max-Tables••

Views - Fourier-Transformation••

Views - Outing report–•

Views - Lap analysis–•

Views - Flowcharts

–

–

•

Views - Instrument Panel (numeric/bargraph/round scale)

•

•

•

User defined Physical Units

•

•

•

Language Support German/English

•

•

•

Racetrack generation via speed/lateral G or GPS

•

•

•

ASCII Export

•

•

•

Matlab Import (seperated tool)

•

•

•

Extras - Functions/Conditions/Differences–•

Extras - Settings - Comments–•

Measuring data window - Area channel name - View options

–

•

•

•

Free dongle read-in (single user license)••

Free read-in (project license)••

Telemetry

•

•

•

•

Desktop load/save•

Data security (data recording, Darab files)

14 May. 09–

motorsport@bosch.com

319

Accessories

320

motorsport@bosch.com

Communication Interface
MSA-Box(K-Line / CAN Interface)
The MSA-Box is the low cost unit for PCsupported calibration with MODAS on
K-Line or CAN interface of an ECU.
The MSA-Box is coupled to the PC via the
USB interface. This ensures a powerful
and universal link to all common PCs. The
coupling to the ECU is effected via K-Lineor CAN of the diagnosis interface.
Mechanical data

Operating system

Size

84 x 33 x 20 mm

Temperature range

0 ... 70 °C

Electrical Data

Windows 2000
Windows XP

Connectors and Wires

Input voltage (vehicle side)

8 ... 32 V

Power consumption(powered from USB)typ. 0.5 W

Processor

ATMEL AT91SAM7X256

Connector AS 6-12-35PN

F 02U 000 441-01

Mating connector AS 0-12-35SN

F 02U 000 258-01

Pin 1

terminal 30 (permanent pos)Pin 2

terminal 15 (switched pos)Flash Eprom

256 kByte

Pin 3

GND

RAM

64 kByte

Pin 4

CAN_HighUSB

USB 2.0, full speed (12 Mbit/s)

Pin 10K-line300 Bd ... up to 320 kBd

Pin 16

CAN_Low

10 kBit/s ... 1 MBit/s

Pin 22SCR

K-LineCAN

Diagnosis wire length

Details

USB wire length

Compact design
Fully suitable for motor vehicle use
Power supply through the connection to the ECU
from board mains with galvanic separation

2m
0.5 m

Part Number
MSA-Box

B 261 208 015-01

motorsport@bosch.com

321

All inputs and outputs to the PC
galvanically separated
According to ISO 9141-2 for diagnosis tester
Up to 300 kBaud transfer rate (K-Line) and up to
1 MBit/s transfer rate (CAN)
Plug suitable for motor vehicles (VS 20)
Protocols: KWP 2000, CCP

14 May. 09

Handheld Test Devices
RS 2000
With the RS 2000 you can simulate
crank shaft-, cam shaft- and wheel-speedsignals quickly and comfortable.

FunctionsElectrical data

Infinitely variable simulation of Hall- and inductive
signal.

Power supply

Compatible with all Bosch Motorsport ECUs from
MS 1.9 to MS 4.1

Part numbers

Adjustable on cylinder numbers from 4 to 12.

RS 2000

Usable for increment- and segment-systems.

Cable harness connector

322

motorsport@bosch.com

12 V

B 261 206 862 01
B 261 206 451

Expansion Modules
Lambdatronic LT4
The Lambdatronic LT4 provides controlled
pumping current to supply up to 4 Bosch(Mini-)LSU 4.9. The lambda value, thesensor temperature and diagnostics areavailable via CAN and analog signal.
The LSU contains a Nernst and a pumpcell. The lambda in the Nernst cell is
controlled to λ = 1.013 independent of theoxygen contents on the emission side,through a current through the pump cell.
The current proportional output voltage of
the IC is a measure of the lambda value.
The main feature and benefit of this unit is
the combination of the Bosch well known
lambda IC and a very compact box sizewithmotorsports

specification.

Furthermore the analog signal output canbe configured freely.
Application

Mechanical Data

Application
Compatible Sensor Type0.75 … 10.12 λBosch (Mini-)LSU 4.9

Nr. of Channels
Heater4
internal

Operating Temp Range (housing)-20 … 85 °C

Storage Temperature Range-20 … 85 °C

Communication Link

K-Line / CAN

Max. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Max Power Supply (1 min) US max
Thermal Dissipation Loss

(6.5) 10 … 17 V
26 V
3 W @ 14 V

Current Is

5A

Current Is (Heating up)

26 A

14 May. 09

Sealing
Mounting
Size w/o Cable (w*l*h)

98 g
100 % humidity
Velcro54 x 59 x 13 mm

Characteristic
Signal Output 1

CAN

Signal Output 2

4x0…5VCAN- Baudrate
Signal Resolution

Electrical Data
Power Supply Us

Weight with Cable

1 Mbaud
2,5 * 10-4 lambda

Signal Sampling Rate

100 HzCAN Refresh Rate

100 HzSoftwareConfiguration with Modas

motorsport@bosch.com

included323

Connectors and Cables

Part Number

Connector

AS 6-14-35PN

Connector Loom

AS 1-14-35SN

SleeveLambdatronic LT4

F 01T A20 070-04

Viton

Cable Size

26

Cable Length L

20 cm

Application Hint
The LT4 is designed to supply 4 Bosch (Mini)-LSU
4.9.
The unit can be connected to any CAN system(1 Mbaud) and analog measuring device.
To avoid signal errors, a cable length of maximum
1,5 m between sensor and box is recommended.
The unit is secure from miss-pinning.
The reference ground (GND_REF) has to beconnected either to the measuring device or to thesystem ground.
A ground offset of 2 V (max.) between GND and
GND_REF has not to be exceeded.
See the LT4 function sheet for software
documentation (CAN protocol e.g.).
Please find further application hints in the offer
drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

324

Pin

Function

Pin

Function1+ 12 V (Battery +)20

Pump Current LSU2 IP2

2+ 12 V (Battery +)21

Virtual GND LSU2 VM2

3Ground (Battery -)22

Heater PWM LSU2 Uh-2

4

Ground (Battery -)23

Heater (Batt +) LSU2 Uh+2

5

K-Line Diagnostic Connection

24

Setup Current LSU2 IA2

6

CAN1 + (high)25

Nernst Voltage LSU2 UN2

7

CAN1 – (low)26

UN1Pump Current LSU3 IP38Analog out 1

27

Virtual GND LSU3 VM39Analog out 2

28

Heater PWM LSU3 Uh-3

10

Analog out 3

29

Heater (Batt +) LSU3 Uh+3

11

Analog out 4

30

Setup Current LSU3 IA3

12

Reference GND for anal. out

31

Nernst Voltage LSU3 UN3

13

Shield32

Pump Current LSU4 IP4

14

Pump Current LSU1 IP1

33

Virtual GND LSU4 VM415

Virtual GND LSU1 VM134Heater PWM LSU4 Uh-4

16

Heater PWM LSU1 Uh-1

35

Heater (Batt +) LSU4 Uh+4

17

Heater (Batt +) LSU1 Uh+1

36

Setup Current LSU4 IA418

Setup Current LSU1 IA1

37

Nernst Voltage LSU4 UN419

Nernst Voltage LSU1 UN1motorsport@bosch.com

AWS LSU 4.9
The AWS LSU 4.9 is used in combination
with the lambda sensor (Mini-)LSU 4.9.
The

box

is

able

to

supplytwo(Mini-)LSU 4.9 lambda sensors. It includes
two heaters and converts each specificsensor signal into two separate lambda
signals. Furthermore, the temperature of
the sensor, the duty cycle of the heaterand diagnosis of the probe is available.
The signal output is via CAN-message.
Please note: Lambda sensors are not partof the AWS LSU 4.9.
Mechanical Data

CAN-ID

Weight80 g

Size

38 x 43 x 16 mm

Cable length

150 mmConditions for use
Operating temperature

CAN -ID Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7

10 … 60 °C

Diagnosis
λValue = 0,0069:

failed sensor(short cut or not connected)

λValue = 0,0686:

sensor did not reach 600 °C(up to 30 sec)

λValue = 0,1373:

For each sensor, the following CAN-IDs will receive
the A/F value as 16-bit unsigned Integer and theheating value and the temperature values as
8-bit unsigned byte (Motorola-type):

0x290

A/F1

A/F2

Temp1 Temp2 Heat1

A/FValue= 0,001 * A/Fx

λValue= A/FValue / 14,57= A/FDigits / 14570= A/FDigits * 0,00006863418

Heat-Temp= TempxDigits * 2 + 496,9 °C

Heat2

heating periode

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 … 20 V

Rent consumption
120 mA at 12 V
+ heater current (max. 2 A per probe)
Channels

2 A/F

Resolution

0,01

Sampling rate

14 May. 09

100 Hz per channel

motorsport@bosch.com

325

Pin assignment life connector

Accessories

Pin Name

Description

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

0 258 017 025

1

GND

GroundLambda Sensor LSU 4.9

B 261 209 356

2

GND LSU 1/2 Ground LSU heater

3

Vext

External power supply 5 … 20 V

4

LSU heater

External power supply for LSU
1/2 heater

9

CAN H

CAN Bus high

10

CAN L

CAN Bus low

11

TxD

TxD serial interface

12

RxD

RxD serial interface

Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

Part Number
AWS LSU 4.9

Pin assignment LSU-1/2 in connector
Pin Name

Description1

LSU1 IP

Inv. Input of pump current amp2

LSU1 VM

Virtual ground3

GND heater 1 Ground for heater 1

4

Vext heater 1 External power supply 5 … 20 V
LSU1

5LSU1 IANon Inv. input of pump current
amp

6

LSU1 UN

Inv. input of pump current
control7

LSU2 IPNon Inv. input of pump current
amp

8

LSU2 VM

Virtual ground9

GND heater 2 Ground for heater 2

10

Vext heater 2 External power supply 5 … 20 V
LSU2

11

LSU2 IANon Inv. input of pump current
amp

12

LSU2 UN

Inv. input of pump current
control326

B 258 490 103-20

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01E B01 622

CAN Module EM-A6
6 analog Channels
The extended module EM-A6 measures up
to 6 analog channels, converts the values
to a 10 bit format and combines them to a
CAN-Message. The module has a CANInterface (CAN2.0 B) which is used fortransmitting the information from and tothe module.
Weight and space required for the wiring
harness can be reduced by daisy-chaining
multiple

extendedmodules

power and communicationrouted through the device.

becauselines

areApplication
Operating temperature range-20 °C … 85 °C

Connector ASL206-05SN-HE (red); ANAx

Mechanical DataSize

155 x 38 x 32.1 mm

Weight153 gMax. vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Pin-No.

Function

1

UB_SG

2

AGND

3

ANA_INx4

Vref505

N/C

Connector ASL206-05SD-HE (green), XOUTElectrical Data
Power supply

10 V … 18 V

Pin-No.

Function

Supply current (without load)max. 80 mA

1

UBATT

10 Bit (4.8 mV)

2

GND

5 ms

3

CAN-High

1 MBaud

4

CAN-Low

5

GND

ADC resolution
Update rate
CAN speed

Communication/Configuration Interface
CAN2.0 B, using interface MSA-Box and RaceCon

Connector ASL206-05PN-HE (red), XIN

CAN-ID programmable via RaceCon

Pin-No.

FunctionPull-ups switchable via RaceCon

1

UBATT

Loom Side Connector
ASL606-05PN-HE red
ASL606-05PD-HE green
ASL606-05SN-HE red

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

2

GND

3

CAN-Low

4

CAN-High

5

GND

327

CAN Protocol

Part Number

Byte order
Big endian (high-byte/low-byte, Motorola)

CAN Module EM-A6

CAN Frame 1
Byte
Value

0

1

2

Row
AD channel 1
counter=03

4

AD channel 2

5

6

7

AD channel 3 unused

CAN Frame 2
Byte
Value

0

1

2

Row
AD channel 4
counter=1

3

4

AD channel 5

5

6

7

AD channel 6 unused

U [V] = raw value * 5 V / 1024

328

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A20 007

CAN Module EM-C
Module for programming APS-C
The extended EM-C module is part of themeasurement equipment. It displays thecurrent angle of the camshaft that ismeasured by the Bosch camshaft angle
sensor APS-C and transmitted via CAN.
The EM-C module receives this message
and displays the angle (-180° … +180°) in
its bright red dot-matrix display.
Moreover, the EM-C module features a
reset-button

which,

duringengineassembly, enables the engine builder toprecisely set the APS-C sensor reference
to “zero” when the camshaft is at thedesired “zero” position. The module has a
500 kBaud CAN-Interface (CAN2.0 B)
which is used for transmitting
information from and to the module.

theThe module is delivered with a connection
adapter between housing and connector.
Mechanical Data
Size

94,2 x 30,0 x 24,2 mm

Weight97 g

Loom Side Connector
AS6-06-05SN-HE

Connector ASL-006-05PN-HE

Electrical Data

Pin-No.

Function

1

UBATT

2

GND

3

CAN-HiCommunication/Configuration Interface

4

CAN-LO

CAN2.0 B, using interface MSA-Box and RaceCon

5

N/C

Power Supply
Supply Current(100 % brightness, dots on)

Programmable CAN-ID

8 V … 18 V
max. 300 mA

Part Number
CAN Module EM-C

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A20 025

329

CAN Module EM-D1
Large, single Character
The extended module EM-D1 displays
1 character of arbitrary information on alarge bright red dot-matrix display with 16
intensity levels. The module has a CANInterface (CAN2.0 B) which is used fortransmitting the information from and tothe module.
Weight and space required for the wiring
harness can be reduced by daisy chaining
multiple extended modules because thepower and communicationrouted through the devices.

lines

are

Application

Input Connector ASU-0-03-05PN-HE (red)Operating Temperature-20 °C … 85 °C

Mechanical Data

1

UBATT
GND

3

CAN-Hi69,45 x 62,45 x 16,83 mm

4

CAN-LO

87 g

5

N/C

WeightOutput Connector ASU-0-03-05SD-HE (green)

Electrical Data
Power Supply
Supply Current(100 % brightness, dots on)

8 V … 18 V
max. 395 mA

Communication/Configuration Interface
CAN2.0 B, using interface MSA-Box and RaceCon
Programmable CAN-ID and characters

Loom Side Connector
ASU-6-03-05SN-HE (red)Pin-No.

Function

1

UBATT

2

GND

3

CAN-Hi4

CAN-LO

5

N/C

Part Number
CAN Module EM-D1

ASU-6-03-05PD-HE (green)

330

Function2

Max. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)
Size

Pin-No.

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A20 006

CAN Module EM-D8
8 Characters
The extended module EM-D8 displays up
to 8 characters of arbitrary information
given in a CAN frame on a bright red dotmatrix display. The module has a CANInterface (CAN2.0 B) which is used fortransmitting the information from and tothe module.
Weight and space required for the wiring
harness can be reduced by daisy chaining
multiple extended modules because thepower and communicationrouted through the devices.

lines

are

Application
Operating Temperature-20 °C … 85 °C

Input Connector ASU-0-03-05PN-HE (red)Mechanical Data

GND

85,4 x 32,3 x 17,1 mm

4

CAN-LO

51 g

5

N/C

Output Connector ASU-0-03-05SD-HE (green)
8 V … 18 V
max. 300 mA

Communication/Configuration Interface
CAN2.0 B, using interface MSA-Box and RaceCon
Programmable CAN-ID
Programmable text message

Loom Side Connector
ASU-6-03-05SN-HE (red)ASU-6-03-05PD-HE (green)

14 May. 09

UBATT
CAN-HiElectrical Data
Supply Current(100 % brightness, dots on)

1
3

WeightPower Supply

Function2

Max. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)
Size

Pin-No.

Pin-No.

Function

1

UBATT

2

GND

3

CAN-Hi4

CAN-LO

5

N/C

Note that ASU-0-03-05PN-HE is the default
connector on every device while ASU-0-03-05SD-HE
is an optional extra connector if daisy chaining ofdevices is intended.

Part Number
CAN Module EM-D8(with output connector)

F 01T A20 004

CAN Module EM-D8(without output
connector)

F 01T A20 046

motorsport@bosch.com

331

CAN Module EM-H44 Hall Speed sensors
The extended module EM-H4 acquires thesignal periods of up to 4 Hall-effect speed
sensors and transmits them as 16-bit
values to a CAN-Interface (CAN2.0 B) in asingle CAN-message.
The module is delivered with an adapter
between housing and connector.
Application
Operating Temperature Range-20 … 85 °C

Connector AS-0-10-35PN-HE

Mechanical Data
Max. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)
Size

85,4 x 32,3 x 17,1 mm

Electrical Data

Pin-No.

Function

1

UBATT

2

GND

3

N/C

4

CAN-Hi5

CAN-LO

6

Front left

Power Supply

8 V … 18 V

7

Front right

Supply Current

max. 70 mA

8Rear left

10 … 10000 impulses/s

9

Rear right

Input

Communication/Configuration Interface
CAN2.0 B, using interface MSA-Box and RaceCon
Programmable CAN-ID
CAN speed

1 Mbaud

Update rate

10 ms

CAN Protocol
Byte order
Big endian (high-byte/low-byte, Motorola)0

Front left

1

2

3

Front right4

5

Rear left

6

7

Rear right

Signal period [ms] = 3,2 μs * raw value / 1000

332

SHIELD

12

N/C

13

N/C

Part Number

AS-6-10-35SN-HE

Byte

GND

11

CAN Module EM-H4

Loom Side Connector

Value

10

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A20 008 01

CAN Module EM-I4
4 inductive Speed Sensors
The extended module EM-I4 acquires thesignal periods of up to 4 inductive speed
sensors and transmits them as 16-bit
values

with

3,2us

quantization

toa

1 MBaud CAN-Interface (CAN2.0 B) in asingle CAN-message.
The module is delivered with an adapter
between housing and connector.
Application
Operating Temperature-20 °C … 85 °C

Connector AS-0-10-35PN-HE

Mechanical Data
Max. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)
Size

85,4 x 32,3 x 17,1 mm

Electrical Data

Pin-No.

Function

1

UBATT

2

GND

3

N/C

4

CAN-Hi5

CAN-LO

6

Front left

Power Supply

8 V … 18 V

7

Front right

Supply Current

max. 70 mA

8Rear left

10 to 10 000 impulses/s

9

Rear right

Input

Communication/Configuration Interface
CAN2.0 B, using interface MSA-Box and RaceCon
Programmable CAN-ID
CAN speed

1 Mbaud

Update rate

10 ms

10

GND

11

SHIELD

12

N/C

13

N/C

Part Number
CAN Module EM-I4

Loom Side Connector

F 01T A20 009

AS-6-10-35SN-HECAN Protocol
Byte order
Big endian (high-byte/low-byte, Motorola)
Byte

0

Value

1
Front left

2

3
Front right4

5
Rear left

6

7

Rear right

Signal period [ms] = 3,2 μs * raw value / 1000

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

333

CAN Module EM-L5
5 LEDs
The extended module EM-L5 uses 5 ultra
bright LED lights with selectable levels ofintensity to display e. g. the gear shift
request signal from the ECU to the driver.
The module has a 1 MBaud CAN-Interface(CAN2.0 B) which is used for transmitting
the information from and to the module.
Weight and space required for the wiring
harness can be reduced by daisy chaining
multiple extended modules because thepower and communicationrouted through the devices.

lines

are

Application
Operating Temperature-20 °C … 85 °C

Input Connector ASU-0-03-05PN-HE (red)Mechanical Data
Max. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)
Dimensions

Pin-No.

Function

1

UBATT

2

GND

3

CAN-Hi

85,4 x 32,3 x 17,1 mm

4

CAN-LO

50 g

5

N/C

WeightOutput Connector ASU-0-03-05SD-HE (green)

Electrical Data
Power Supply (Note!)

10 V … 15 V

Supply Current(100 % brightness, all LEDs on)

max. 200 mA

Communication/Configuration Interface
CAN2.0 B, using interface MSA-Box and RaceCon
Programmable CAN-IDs

Pin-No.

Function

1

UBATT

2

GND

3

CAN-Hi4

CAN-LO

5

N/C

Display of an arbitrary information of the CAN Bus
or reading of two channels (speed and gear)

Note that ASU-0-03-05PN-HE is the default
connector on every device while ASU-0-03-05SD-HE
is an optional extra connector if daisy chaining ofdevices is intended.

Loom Side Connector

Part Number

ASU-6-03-05SN-HE (red)CAN Module EM-L5(with output connector)

F 01T A20 002

CAN Module EM-L5(without output
connector)

F 01T A20 045

Programmable thresholds for LEDs

ASU-6-03-05PD-HE (green)

334

motorsport@bosch.com

CAN Module EM-P5
5 low Power Outputs
The extended module EM-P5 has 5 open
collector outputs and is used to switch
small loads. Each of these output stages
can drive a maximum load current of
100 mA. The module has a 1 MBaud CANInterface (CAN2.0 B) for the signal input.
The module is delivered
Y-connection adapter.

with

a

Application
Operating Temperature-20 °C … 85 °C

Input Connector ASU-0-03-05PN-HE (red)Mechanical Data
Size85,4 x 32,3 x 17,1 mm

Weight63 gMax. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Pin-No.

Function

1

UBATT

2

GND

3

CAN-Hi4

CAN-LO

5

N/C

Output Connector ASU-0-03-05SD-HE (green)

Electrical Data
Power Supply

8 V … 18 V

Pin-No.

Function

Supply Current (without Load)max. 50 mA

1

L1 (Open collector output)2

L2 (Open collector output)3

L3 (Open collector output)

4

L4 (Open collector output)

5

L5 (Open collector output)

Communication/Configuration Interface
CAN2.0 B, using interface MSA-Box and RaceCon
Programmable CAN-ID
Programmable thresholds and hysteresis for each
outputLoom Side Connector
ASU-0-03-05SN-HE (red)ASU-0-03-05PD-HE (green)

Note that both connectors are at the end of theconnection adapter.

Application Hint
Load must always be switched via terminal 15 ormain relay, it must not be switched via terminal 30.
Please note, that the EM-P5 is not short-circuit
resistant.

Part Number
CAN Module EM-P5

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A20 003

335

ThermoCAN Module
4 Type K Thermocouple Sensors
The extended ThermoCAN module has 4
inputs for Type K thermocouple sensors.
All 4 channels are galvanically isolated.
The module has a 1 MBaud CAN-Interface(CAN2.0 B) for the signal input.

Application
Operating Temperature

0 °C … 70 °C

Temperature Range

Sensor Connector ASL-006-05SD-HE (green)-200 °C … 1 000 °C

Supports NiCrNi Type K sensors

Mechanical Data
Max. Vibration
Vibration Profile 1(see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)
Size

70,0 x 40,0 x 16,0 mm

Weight

170 g

Pin-No.

Function

1

n.c.

2

Signal minus

3

Signal positive

4

n.c.

5

screenComm. Connector ASL-606-05PA-HE (yellow)

Electrical Data

Pin-No.

Function18-18 V positive

Power Supply

8 V … 18 V

2

GND

Supply Current (without load)max. 70 mA

3

CAN High

Sampling Ratemax. 200 Hz

4

CAN Low5n.c.

Communication/Configuration Interface
Fix CAN-ID, must be changed by Bosch Motorsport

Loom Side Connector

Part Number
ThermoCAN Module

ASL-606-05PD-HE (green)
ASL-006-05SA-HE (yellow)

336

motorsport@bosch.com

F 01T A20 028

RelayRelay 25 A
The relay 25 A is a miniature DC-contactor
for electrical power control. The rated
current is 25 A for secondary power
distribution with high inrush current likehydraulic- and fuel motor loads. The base
part allows a quick change of the relay.

Mechanical Data
Drill hole
WeightElectrical Data
3.1 mmPower supply

12 ... 14.5 V

61 g

Min. switches

50,000Conditions for use
Temperature range
Vibration
Shock-45 … 125 °C
30 g/70 Hz ... 3 kHz
100 g (11 ms)

Coil resistance @ 25 °C

80 Ω

Max. current

25 A

Current vs. time characteristic(the relay shall be compatible with a 25 A circuit
breaker)
I [A]

t [s]

30 A

3,600 s (1 h)

50 A

5s

100 A

1.2 s

250 A

0.2 s

350 A

0.1 s

Part Numbers

14 May. 09

Relay

Y 261 A20 597-01

Base

Y 261 A20 598-01

motorsport@bosch.com

337

Switches
Switches
We offer a wide range of switches for the
special demands of motorsport.
You can combine all types with every
design and every connector cableequivalent to your individual requirement.

Type

ExtrasFor MAP Function

With integrated resistor network

For display-toggle-function

Lockable

3 steps for MAP-function

Variable number of steps

4 steps

Variable form of rotary waver switch

4 steps for MAP-function

Without end stop

6 steps for display switch overApplication range

12 steps

Motor functions

DesignDashboard functions

Straight

Display switch over

90° angled

Display dimmer

Part numbers
Model

DesignConnector

12 steps

straight

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

B 261 209 643-01

for MAP function

straight

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

B 261 209 644-01

4 steps display dimmer DDU

straight

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

B 261 209 646-01

4 steps LED dimmer DDU

straight

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

B 261 209 647-01

6 steps display dimmer and switch over DDU

straight

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

B 261 209 659-01

All models can be ordered with 90° angled.

338

motorsport@bosch.com

Appendix

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

339

General Information
ESD, Handling and Transport
Please be mindful of the specifications concerning ESD. Never grab into the connectors.
Please follow the regulations when transporting devices (e.g. ESD packaging materials).

Battery
Some of the devices use Lithium-Ion batteries. Please use extra caution to be certain thatthe correct removal procedure is followed. Abide by the maintenance cycle schedule toensure correct operation. Bosch Motorsport recommends maintenance once a year.

Installation
The correct installation extends reliability and durability. Please follow the specifications
regarding temperature, humidity, vibration and liquid compatability.

Vibration Profile 1
Broadband noise: 8h/Direction

340

Sinus: 8h/Direction

Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density[(m/s²)²/Hz]

Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration [m/s²]

100

50

20

50,4

180

200

55

26,0

250

200

180

1,0

350

60

300

1,0

2.000

60

360

0,56

1.000

0,6

2.000

0,6

Effective Value aEff

55,4 m/s2

motorsport@bosch.com

Vibration Profile 2
Broadband noise: 8h/Direction
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density[(m/s²)²/Hz]

10

10

50

10

66,7

1

100

1

1.000

0,1

Effective Value aEff

26,9 m/s2

Vibration Profile 3
Sinus
Alteration rate of frequency: 1 oct./min
Frequency[Hz]

Amplitude of acceleration[m/s²]

20

50

85

50

85

Amplitude of oscillation lane [μm]

175

200

175

200

280

220

280

300

125

440

125

Broadband noise
Frequency [Hz]Acceleration density[(m/s²)²/Hz]

10

14,0

50

7,0

60

3,5

300

0,51

500

45,6

1.500

15,26

Effective Value aEff

168 m/s2

14 May. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

341

Bosch Engineering GmbH
Motorsport
An der Bracke 971706 Markgröningen
Germany
Phone: 00 49 (0) 711/811-3981
Fax: 00 49 (0) 711/811-3982
North American Office:
Bosch Engineering North America
Motorsports, Dep. BEG/MSD-NA
38000 Hills Tech Drive
Farmington Hills, MI 48331-3417
Phone: 00 1 248 876-2977
Fax: 00 1 248 876-7373
E-mail: motorsport@bosch.com
www.bosch-motorsport.com© Bosch Engineering GmbH 2009
Modifications reserved.
Warning: It is strictly forbidden to use Bosch Motorsport products on public roads.
They are only developed for use in racing on private closed courses!